Time Table 59

Home , Aurora GO Station, Centennial GO Station, Foleyet, Greater Montreal, London East, London station (Ontario)

EASTERN DIVISION GREAT LAKES TIME TABLE 59

EFFECTIVE SATURDAY, JANUARY 1st, 2005

ALSO INCLUDES: THAT PART OF THE KINGSTON SUB. ON THE CHAMPLAIN GREATER MONTREAL ZONE.

REFER TO INSIDE FRONT COVER FOR EFFECTIVE TIME, AND OTHER TIME CHANGES THAT WILL OCCUR.

K. E. CREEL SR. V.P. EASTERN CANADA

A. A. MARQUIS GENERAL MANAGER GREAT LAKES SOUTHERN DIVISION

E.R. POSYNIAK GENERAL MANAGER GREAT LAKES NORTHERN DIVISION TAKING EFFECT AT 0001 Sat., January 1st 2005

Governed by:

Eastern Standard Time commencing 0100 on the last Sun. in October of each year.

Eastern Daylight Saving Time commencing 0300 on the first Sun. in April of each year.

THIS TIME TABLE IS FOR THE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE OF EMPLOYEES AND OTHERS WHO HAVE BEEN AUTHORIZED TO USE IT. NOT FOR PUBLIC USE.

NOTE: Employees affected must refer to passenger train information section for times and information pertaining to passenger trains.

RAILWAY APPROVED TIME SOURCE In the application of CROR Rule 3, employees having access to Toronto Centrex telephone may obtain the correct time by dialing 416-217-6796 or Local 6796

SPEED TABLE Time per mile MPH Time per mile MPH 36 sec ...... 100 1 min 43 sec ...... 35.0 38 sec ...... 95 2 min ...... 30.0 40 sec ...... 90.0 2 min 25 sec ...... 25.0 42 sec ...... 85.7 3 min ...... 20 45 sec ...... 80.0 4 min ...... 15 48 sec ...... 75.0 6 min ...... 10 51 sec ...... 70.6 12 min ...... 5 55 sec ...... 65.5 15 min ...... 4 1 min 5 sec ...... 55.4 20 min ...... 3 1 min 12 sec ...... 50.0 30 min ...... 2 1 min 20 sec ...... 45.0 1 hour ...... 1 1 min 30 sec ...... 40.0

Cover Photo - No. 451 at Washago Courtesy of Steve Bradley CHANGES IN TIME TABLE 59 January 1st, 2005 The following is a listing of some of the major changes that appear in Great Lakes Time Table No. 59.

Employees must familiarize themselves with the portions of the Time table that will affect them in the performance of their duties, and take note of the changes made herein. General Information currently in effect by bulletin or GBO has been incorporated into the respective Subdivisions to which it applies and may or may not be noted in this summary. Rules revisions, and General Operating Instructions revisions remaining in effect until the next printing of same, have been incorporated into a new Divisional Data section issued with this Time table. A broad black line appears on the station page adjacent to areas where Rule 102 applies on other railways. The exact mileages, along with the radio channels, appear in the Special Applications footnote under "RULE 102" Passenger stop stations in CTC which are not controlled locations and may not have a CN station name maintained are identified with and/or adjacent to the name in the station column. Reference to Bulletin Book locations has been removed and is now covered by a new general revision to Rule 83 shown in the divisional data section.

KINGSTON SUB

Station Page Only 2 main tracks at Regis

Footnotes Revised:

1.5 Anti-Whistling Crossings added at Cobourg,Brighton. 1.10 Exception derail removed at Regis 6.3 Revised crossing instructions Hwy 34 6.5 New - Crossing instructions Boundary Rd. 6.11 New - Crossing instructions Wilson Rd. 7.1 New - Regis Service Tracks 7.21 Change to handbrake requirements Belleville Yard 7.28 Multiple unit consists using Wye at Oshawa

OAKVILLE SUB Footnotes revised

7.3 Speed restriction Wye tracks Mimico Yard 7.8 Speed restriction track OB31 Clarkson 7.12 Speed restriction Tracks OH61-OH63 Oakville Revised speeds in Oakville Yard 7.21 Radio channel to be used at Aldershot Yard

DUNDAS SUB Footnotes revised

2.2 New - Trains stopped at Hardy 2.4 New - Clearing the main track at switch mile 59.02 5.2 Speed restriction crossing over at Egerton St. 6.9 Revised instructions McKeand St. 7.3 Crossing restrictions added Burford Spur 7.10 Speed restrictions added CP interchange wye tracks CHANGES IN TIME TABLE 59 January 1st, 2005 UXBRIDGE SUB

Footnotes revised 1.3 New - Exception Derail mile 41.0. 3.1 Instructions for South Connecting track added. 6.3 New - instructions for crossing Bur-Oak Rd. 6.5 New - Instructions for crossing Snider Dr.

GO SUB Footnotes revised 1.1 Revised Dual control switch instructions Bayly

WESTON SUB Footnotes revised

1.5 Rule 577 made applicable. 7.6 New - Bramalea Commuter Lead

HALTON SUB Station Page Switching zone extended

Footnotes revised 1.1 Anti-whistling crossings added 1.6 Rule 577 made applicable 7.7 New - Speeds in D, E, and F, Zones 7.9 New - Bramalea Commuter Lead

YORK SUB Station Page Station mileage Woodbine West corrected

Footnotes revised 7.4 Speed restriction added General Mills lead 7.5 Speed on South Service track revised New item Thompson's Terminals New item Norampac Lead

NEWMARKET SUB

Footnotes revised 1.4 Revised instructions at spring switches 1.5 New - Radio Backup system 1.6 New - Dispatched Siding Instructions for Gravenhurst 5.1 Speed for freight trains revised 17.9 to 41.0 6.5 New - Crossing instructions Station Rd. 6.8 New - Crossing instructions Green Lane Rd.

BALA SUB

Footnotes revised 1.2 Revised speeds Capreol YTC 1.7 Instructions for using spring switches added. 1.10 Revised Dispatched Siding Instructions 2.7 Revised yarding instructions South Parry 5.1 New Passenger PSO added 105.8 Speeds around Capreol YTC revised 5.3 10 MPH Siding speeds added 6.8 Revised Crossing Instructions 6.9 Revised Crossing Instructions 7.1 Speed on Vandorf Back track added CHANGES IN TIME TABLE 59 January 1st, 2005 RUEL SUB

Footnotes revised 1.3 New - Switching signals at Oba 2.2 Revised yarding instructions Foleyet 7.5 New - Oba Service Track 5.3 Speed restrictions on some sidings revised CARAMAT SUB

Footnotes revised

2.8 Yarding instructions revised at Armstrong 5.3 Speed restrictions on some sidings revised

CASO SUB

Footnotes revised 6.8 New - Crossing instructions Hagerwood Rd. 6.9 New - Crossing instructions Roseline Rd.

STRATHROY SUB Station Page DOB Limits revised

Footnotes revised

1.7 Rule 577 made applicable 2.6 VACIS instructions 5.2 PSO added mile 55.8 7.10 New - Sarnia Running Track 7.11 Speed on Sarnia yard tracks updated 7.12 Speeds for St. Clair Spur updated

FLINT SUB

Nil

CHATHAM SUB

Station Page Revised to reflect VIA Rail Time Table

Footnotes revised 1.2 Anti-Whistling Crossings 1.4 Rule 577 made applicable. 5.1 Speed restriction added mile 44.65 5.2 Restriction at crossing added mile 44.65

TALBOT SUB Station page

Radio channel revised

Footnotes revised

2.1 Revised for transfer movements 5.1 Revised speed for Dingman Creek bridge

PAYNES SUB Station page

Radio channel revised

Footnotes revised

7.4 New - Cargill grain CHANGES IN TIME TABLE 59 January 1st, 2005

GRIMSBY SUB Station page Corrected number of tracks at Hamilton Switching zone added at Clifton

Footnotes revised

1.7 Stand alone dragging equipment detectors added. 1.8 Rule 577 made applicable 3.1 Revised instructions for knife switches at bridge 6 7.1 Revised pullback instructions 40.1 instructions for Niagara Falls yard 7.4 New - Turkstra Lumber - Equipment reastrictions 6.1 Rusty rail conditions added to Churches lane 9.2 Revised Special Dangerous inspection instructions

STAMFORD SUB

Station Page Switching zone extended Number of tracks revised at Port Robinson

Footnotes revised 1.4 Rule 577 made applicable 1.5 New - Cambridge running track 2.2 New - VACIS instructions Black Rock 2.4 New - instructions for lifting/setoff Pt. Robinson 3.1 Revised hours of operartor Harbour Draw 5.1 Revised speed mile mile 0.0 to 0.3 Revised zone speed 30.3 7.1 Exception Derail added 7.5 Speed on Port Robinson Sevice track Reduced 7.8 Crossing instructions added Thorold Spur

ACR SOO SUB Station Page Changes to reflect the removal of OBA diamond

Footnotes revised 1.12 Revised to include Oba Subdivision Track 1.13 New - Operation through Oba VIA Ruel Sub 5.1 Revised speeds on Subdivision track at Sault Ste. Marie and Hawk Jct. CHANGES IN TIME TABLE 59 January 1st, 2005 NORTH BAY NEWMARKET SUB WASHAGO CAPREOL BALA SUB RUEL SUB RUEL HEARST OBA HORNEPAYNE SAULT STE.MARIE SAULT ACR SOO SUB CARAMAT SUB CARAMAT NOZ LONGLAC KINGHORN SUB KINGHORN 1.9 mile to (Not to scale) Great Lakes District ARMSTRONG CHANGES IN TIME TABLE 59 January 1st, 2005 BROCKVILLE CSX/NS KINGSTON BUFFALO TERMINAL AREA KINGSTON SUB BELLEVILLE CAN. U.S. FT.ERIE OSHAWA GO SUB WASHAGO OAKVILLE SUB STAMFORD SUB BALA SUB UXBRIDGE SUB YORK SUB NIAGARA FALLS NIAGARA PORT ROBINSON TORONTO SUB OAKVILLE NEWMARKET SUB WESTON YARD GRIMSBY SUB ALDERSHOT MACMILLAN

BIT YARD

B SUB

S B

HALTON SUB HALTON

H U

E S

HAMILTON

A RAILINK HAGERSVILLE RAILINK

R N

D G CASO SUB TALBOT SUB TALBOT LONDON ST.THOMAS

B U

S S E N Y A P KOMOKA STRATHROY SUB CASO SUB

SUB B

CSX SARNIA U

M A

South

H C YARD SARNIA (Not to scale) WINDSOR VAN DE WATER U.S CAN U.S Great Lakes District GT FLAT ROCK FLAT GT TIME TABLE No. 59 KINGSTON SUB January 1st, 2005 1 TIME TABLE SUBDIVISION INDEX ...... Page Bala ...... 115 Caramat ...... 133 Caso ...... 73 Chatham ...... 59 CSX Sarnia ...... 64 Dundas ...... 37 Flint ...... 57 GO ...... 25 Grimsby ...... 79 Halton ...... 95 Kingston ...... 3 Newmarket ...... 107 Oakville ...... 27 Paynes ...... 70 Ruel ...... 127 Soo Sub incl. AC Divisional Data ...... 139 Stamford ...... 85 Strathroy ...... 45 Talbot ...... 67 Uxbridge ...... 22 Weston ...... 91 York ...... 103

Speed Table ...... Inside Front Cover

A NEW DIVISIONAL DATA SECTION WITH INDEX IS INCLUDED WITH THIS TIME TABLE AND IS LOCATED AT THE BACK.

PASSENGER TRAIN INFORMATION

Employees affected must refer to the current Passenger train Information carried by bulletins and/or inserts for times and information pertaining to passenger trains. KINGSTON SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 2 January 1st, 2005 REMEMBER...

WHEN THE OUTSIDE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS 5 DEGREES CELCIUS OR GREATER, LOCOMOTIVE SHUTDOWN POLICY NOW REQUIRES THE SHUTTING DOWN OF ALL LOCOMOTIVES:

- WHEN ATTENDED ARE NOT EXPECTED TO BE USED FOR 30 MIN. OR MORE; SHUTDOWN!

- WHEN UNATTENDED FOR ANY LENGTH OF TIME; SHUTDOWN!

- WHEN ARRIVING AT DIESEL SHOP TRACKS. SHUTDOWN! TIME TABLE No. 59 KINGSTON SUB January 1st, 2005 3 KINGSTON SUBDIVISION W E

(cont. next page) METHOD OFMETHOD CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE DOB/TGBO LIMITS SWITCHING ZONE(S) DTMF RTC STANDBY CHANNELS / DRAGGING HOT BOX EQUIPMENT DETECTORS BROCKVILLE 125.6 125.6 125.6 CH 3 2 Jct. With CP Rail PERTH 125.8 *5 001# 3 LYN 127.4 129.0 138.2 MALLORYTOWN 138.4 LEEDS 152.3 CH3 151.1 2 GANANOQUE 153.9 T1 KINGS 162.0 163.3 3 QUEENS Y 174.9 CH2 KINGSTON 176.1 *5 179.6 ERNESTOWN 187.7 003# BATH Y 190.8 194.1 NAPANEE 198.9 198.9 2 NAPANEE WEST 199.7 CH2 MOHAWK 202.0 T1 MARYSVILLE 209.1 209.0 TGBO TGBO QUINTE 218.9 WILSON 219.2 4 BELLEVILLE EAST Y 219.5 CENTER 220.4 CH3 BELLEVILLE 220.7 *5 3 MOIRA 220.9 007# 224.5 TRENTON 231.7 2 TRENTON JCT. 232.8 233.0 237.0 3 BRIGHTON 240.8 CH3 250.6 CTC GRAFTON 256.1 262.0 T2 262.9 COBOURG 264.0 COPORT 267.5 2 PORT HOPE 270.7 NEWTONVILLE 278.3 284.0 278.5 CLARKE 287.0 4 CLARKE WEST 288.8 290.5 OSHAWA EAST 299.6 OSHAWA Y 302.2 OSHAWA WEST 303.3 CH2 WHITBY 304.9 *5 305.0 PICKERING JCT. Y 311.4 009# 2 Jct. With York Sub. PICKERING SOUTH 312.9 LIVERPOOL 313.0 DURHAM JCT. CH2 Jct. With GO Sub. 313.9 DOB/TGBO ROUGE HILL 317.3 T2 *320.4 GUILDWOOD 321.2 EGLINTON 323.2 3 SCARBOROUGH Jct. With Uxbridge Sub. 325.2 DANFORTH 328.6 2 332.4 332.4 *330.3 CHERRY STREET 332.6 TORONTO 333.8 See Union Station Rail Corridor CH3

USRC Special Instructions. SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURES CTC between Cherry St. and Brockville controlled by RTC Toronto Union Station Rail Corridor Special Instructions applicable between Cherry St. and Toronto. Mtce. Of Way Channels Mile 125.6 - 139 (CH 81) Mile 139 - 162 (CH 82) Mile 162 - 188 (CH 81) Mile 188 - 210 (CH 82) Mile 210 - 233 (CH 81) Mile 233 - 264 (CH 82) Mile 264 - 300 (CH 81) Mile 300 - 332.6 (CH 82) KINGSTON SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 4 January 1st, 2005 KINGSTON SUBDIVISION W E Champlain Portion METHOD CONTROL OF NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE LIMITS TGBO ZONE(S)SWITCHING DTMF RTC STANDBY CHANNELS DRAGGING HOT BOX / EQUIPMENT DETECTORS DORVAL EST. 10.3 10.3 2 DORVAL 10.8 17.5 CARON 19.7 CH2 4 LES CEDRES 27.5 *5 36.5 *29.2 2 COTEAU 37.8 025# TGBO TGBO

COTEAU JCT. 38.0 MONTREAL 3 Jct. With Valleyfield Sub. Jct. With Alexandria Sib. CH2 COTEAU OUEST 39.8 39.8 T2 43.5 GARRY 52.4 52.4 64.0 54.0 REGIS 65.4 2 CORNWALL 68.0 CH3 WESCO 69.4 *5 BERGIN 74.0 74.0 001# 80.8 3 CRYSLER 83.4

MORRISBURG 92.2 TGBO 95.5 GALOP 102.9 TORONTO 111.0 110.6 PRESCOTT 113.8 2 BROCKEM 118.4 CH3 MAITLAND 122.7 T1 124.1 BROCKVILLE 125.6 125.6 125.6 See Great Lakes Portion on previous page for remainder of Subdivision. SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURES CTC between mile 10.3 and mile 52.4 controlled by RTC Montreal CTC between mile 52.4 and mile 125.6 controlled by RTC Toronto Mtce. Of Way Channels Mile 10.3 - 39.8 (CH 85) Mile 39.8 - 52.4 (CH 82) Mile 52.4 - 74.0 (CH 81) Mile 74.0 - 118.4 (CH 82) Mile 118.4 - 125.6 (CH 81)

1. CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES

CTC SPECIAL FEATURES 1.1 Usable capacity of Main tracks in feet at following locations: Les Cedres No. 1 track—7480 feet No. 4 track—7480 feet Coteau Jct. No. 1 track—7760 feet Crysler No. 1 track—7430 feet Perth to Lyn No. 3 track—7355 feet Queens No. 1 track—7830 feet Belleville East No. 1 track—8945 feet No. 4 track—6650 feet Brighton No. 3 track—7440 feet Clarke No. 1 and No. 4 tracks—7150 feet 1.2 Switching Signals—Be governed by Rule 573(c)(ii). Coteau— Signals 471 and 472. Signals 381 and 382T4. Quinte— Signals 2189N and 2190T1. Wilson— Signals 2191T1 and 2192D4. Moira— Signals 2209D and 2210N. Oshawa— Signals 3017D and 3018. Oshawa West— Signals 3034D and 3033. TIME TABLE No. 59 KINGSTON SUB January 1st, 2005 5 1.3 Garry—Rule 564—Authority to pass eastward signals 524N and 524S will be issued by RTC Montreal after obtaining permission from RTC Toronto. Rule 564—Authority to pass westward signals 523N and 523S will be issued by RTC Toronto. Rule 566/TOP—Authority between signals 523N, 523S, and signals 524N and 524S will be issued by RTC Toronto.

1.4 Cherry Street—Movements stopped at Eastward signals 159, 166, 170N and 174S must obtain Rule 609 authority from TMD Cherry Street and in addition, movements to Kingston Sub must obtain Rule 564 authority from the CN RTC Toronto. Rule 566/TOP—Authority on north and south tracks between eastward signals 3288N and 3288S Danforth and westward signals 171 and 175 Cherry St. will be issued by RTC Toronto.

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.5 Rule 14(l)—not applicable between 2000 and 0600, at the following locations: Mile 170.0 eastward movements, Mile 174.0 eastward movements, and Mile 178.8 eastward and westward movements. Rule 14(l)(iv) applicable at: —Mile 17.52 Woodland Ave. —Mile 19.21 Morgan Rd. & Pedestrian Crossing —Mile 22.07 Perrot Blvd. —Mile 23.57 3rd. Ave. —Mile 34.72 201 Rd.. —Mile 37.54 Rue Vernier —Mile 124.09 Oxford Ave. —Mile 124.88 Bartholomew St. —Mile 125.06 Ormond St. By-law 22-99 —Mile 125.15 Park St. —Mile 125.65 Perth St. —Mile 221.14 Moira St. East (R.T.C. R-19418). —Mile 221.34 Geddes St. (R.T.C. R-19418). —Mile 242.07 Ontario St. (By-law 163-2003). —Mile 262.91 Brook Rd. North —Mile 263.45 D'Arcy St. By-law 60-2002 —Mile 264.51 Ontario St. —Mile 265.05 Burnham St. —Mile 299.58 Wilson Ave. (By-law 78-99) —between mile 315.9 and mile 325.7 incl. (B.T.C. 113622, R-1496 and R-37318). —between mile 327.9 and mile 333.8 incl. (B.T.C. 24251). 1.6 Rule 14(l)— Belleville East: Through trains must comply with Rule 14(l) for boardwalk at Belleville East to warn employees who may be performing pull by inspection. Whistle posts for westward movements are located at mile 219.2 and for eastward movements are located on the south side only at mile 220.4. Freight trains stopping for crew change off need not comply with Rule 14(l) at Belleville East. 1.7 Rule 102— Applicable at: Kingston Sub. mile: CP Vaudreuil Sub mile: Mile 10.3 to 24.5 4.8 to 18.9 CP CH 7 (95-95)

Kingston Sub. mile: CP Belleville Sub mile: Mile 238.0 to 241.5 109.6 to 112.2.CP CH 7 (95-95) Mile 252.0 to 256.1 122.7 to 126.8 CP CH 7 (95-95) Mile 263.5 to 263.7 134.4 to 134.6 CP CH 7 (95-95) KINGSTON SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 6 January 1st, 2005 1.8 Rule 104.2 —Not applicable at: Dual Control switch No. 3 mile 82.6 Crysler. 1.9 Rule 104.5 (c) —EXCEPTION Derails located at: Track No. 4 Les Cedres mile 27.5 located 100 ft. west of signal 266T4. Track No. 1 Les Cedres mile 27.5 located 100 ft. west of signal 266T1. The operation of these derails is governed by Rule 104.5(c). 1.10 Rule 107—does not apply at Kingston, Rouge Hill, Guildwood, Eglinton, Scarborough and Danforth. At Dorval and Brockville Rule 107 does not apply on the south track. In addition to the requirements of Rule 107, where a CN main track is located between a train carrying passengers and the station or platform, a member of the crew of such train will be required to communicate with the RTC and receive confirmation that protection has been provided against other trains and engines before allowing passengers to entrain or detrain at that location. Such confirmation of protection should be secured from the RTC prior to arriving at the station. The RTC must be promptly advised when the protection is no longer required. This does not relieve crews of other trains or engines of the requirements of Rule 107. 1.11 Rule 112 Double the handbrake requirement per car catagory as outlined in Rule 112(ii) at: No. 1 and No 4 tracks at Les Cedres and all tracks tracks between Perth and Lynn - Rule 112 (v)— not applicable between mile 19.6 and mile 20.6 while setting off or lifting from track Q12. Handbrakes must be applied. 1.12 Rule 113—The following special instruction to Rule 113 is applicable on CN storage or classification tracks listed below. In addition to the requirements of Rule 112, cars being left must all be coupled together and are to be placed tight against stop blocks when track so equipped. When any additional cars are to be left on the same tracks, a stop must be made not less than 6 feet nor more than 12 feet from the point which the coupling is to be made. Coupling is to be stretched as per Rule 113, with the slack then gently pushed back tight against the stop block. The above instructions also apply to tracks equipped with half moons, except the cars are to be left not less than 6 nor more than 12 feet from the half moons. Wesco spur mile 69.4 tracks CB16 to CB20 incl., and CC45. Brockville mile 125.6 Tracks KF30, and KF57. Mallorytown mile 138.4 Track KF85. Gananoque mile 153.9 Tracks KG19 and KG21. Queens mile 174.9 Track KL02. Cataraqui Spur mile 178.0 Tracks KM02 and KM03. Napanee mile 199.7 TRack KN55. Trenton Jct. 232.8 Track KP50. Port Hope mile 270.7 Track KT33. Oshawa west mile 303.3 Track AOO9. Pickering mile 311.5 Track W303.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES GENERAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Section 5 Equipment Inspection 2.1 At Hot Box and dragging equippment detectors located at mile *320.4 and mile *330.3., an abbreviated message will be transmitted when no alarms are detected e.g." 320.4 NO ALARMS" In addition to the main track,Hot Box Detector with Hot wheel detector located on South Service track (Y200) at mile *330.3. Wheel Impact Load Detector (WILD) located at mile *29.2. TIME TABLE No. 59 KINGSTON SUB January 1st, 2005 7 2.2 Designated Tie-up Tracks Unattended Locomotives Coteau - Q44 Regis - CA17 Brockville - KF68 Belleville - BY45, and east end of BY56 Oshawa - A 024 and A 025, Cherry Street (Don Yard) P430L 2.3 Slump/washout detector (WOD) Mile 34.6 When a WOD activation occurs, it is immediately displayed on the RTC panel as an alarm and as a track occupancy on both tracks between Coteau and Les Cèdres. This is an indication that something has caused the ground conditions to change and must be treated as a possible grade slump or washout. In the field, the WOD activation will cause signals governing movements into the block to display their most restrictive indication and will cause an automatic radio talker emergency message to be generated on channel 1. When an emergency message has been received, movements must stop and contact the RTC for instructions. The emergency message generated by talker will be as follows: “EMERGENCY, EMERGENCY, EMERGENCY; UNSAFE TRACK CONDITION DETECTED AT MILE 34.6 KINGSTON SUB. EMERGENCY, EMERGENCY, EMERGENCY; UNSAFE TRACK CONDITION DETECTED AT MILE 34.6 KINGSTON SUB.” Upon becoming aware of the WOD activation, the RTC must protect all affected movements and advise the Manager Corridor Operation. Afterwards, the MCO must contact the Track forces and also the S&C maintainer, to initiate a complete track patrol.

2.4 Brockville—Emergency watering facilities located south of south track opposite station. Eastward trains lifting or setting off in Brockville Yard must pull far enough eastward to clear Perth St. and allow crossing protection to stop and traffic to clear before accepting signal 1257S to move Westward into Yard. 2.5 Perth—Jct. with CP Rail Brockville Sub. Movements to CP Brockville Sub. governed by CP Rail time table and must be in possession of CP OCS clearance for CP Brockville Sub. prior to operating beyond mile 27.5 on that subdivision. Contact with CP Rail RTC may be made through CN Radio Channel 3, key *3035#. 2.6 Belleville East—Eastward movements must not occupy crosswalk unless signal at Quinte indicates proceed, or permission obtained from RTC. Westward movements stopping at Belleville East, must not block public crossing at grade mile 218.18 (Elmwood Dr.). 2.7 Moira—Dual control switch point derail located on yard lead track just west of signal 2209D. Rule 104.2 applies. Move- ments authorized by Rule 564 authority to pass stop signals at Moira and routed via tracks other than the yard lead track, must visually ascertain that the derail is in the derailing position before passing the stop signal unless this advice received from the RTC. 2.8 Signals 2234N and 2234S—Eastward movements receiving indication "Clear to stop" or "Stop and Proceed" on signal 2234N or 2234S, must be prepared to stop 100 feet west of Geddes St. mile 221.3, unless signal 2210N or 2210S indicates other than stop. When a stop is made, contact RTC, and a member of the crew must immediately press button marked STOP OR RAISE, which will raise gates at both Geddes and East Moira Sts. Before commencing movement eastward, a member of the crew must push button marked START OR LOWER to activate protection. 2.9 Cobourg—Track KS60 must not be left blocked with cars. KINGSTON SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 8 January 1st, 2005 2.10 Storage Tracks No. 1 at Crysler, No. 3 at Brighton, and No. 1 and No. 4 tracks between Clarke and Clarke West. Rule 103(d) applies on storage tracks and is further restricted by Transport Canada on all tracks where an unprotected crossing exists. Where maximum speed on a portion of a main track is 100 MPH, cars stored on an adjacent track must be placed to permit a clear view of an oncoming train of 1500 feet. Locations marked with signs and track markings. Movements operating on, entering or exiting storage tracks must be authorized by Rule 564 and Rule 566. Dual control switches MUST be placed in hand position and in the application of Rule 104.2(c) last paragraph, the selector lever must not be restored to the power position until the movement has cleared the controlled location. Derails installed at both ends of storage tracks. Rule 104.5 is applicable. NOTE: To eliminate copying multiple Rule 564's, Rule 566.1 with switch in hand throw can be utilized when multiple moves are to be made in and out of these tracks. MAXIMUM SPEED ON STORAGE TRACKS IS 15 MPH.

3 INTERLOCKINGS 3.1 Union Station Rail Corridor Mile 332.4 to mile 333.8. Locally Controlled by USRC Train Movement Directors. See USRC Special Instructions in Divisional Data.

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 286,000 lbs. 4.2 Units in the indicated locomotive groups are prohibited on following tracks. Mile Track Locomotive Groups 70.9 KD05 E,H 112.0 KD81 E, G, H 119.3 KE54 E, F, G, H 186.6 KN10 E, H 256.3 KR22 E 286.4 KU12 E, F, G, H Units in locomotive groups F, G, H are not to be operated on industrial spurs and other tracks within the territory between Toronto and Clarke without special authority. 4.3 North River bridge mile 55.1 North track only: 200-250 Ton Auxiliary cranes, and loaded hopper cars in series 341000 - 344000: Maximum speed ...... 20 MPH

5 SPEEDS 5.1 General (a) * Indicates not marked by speed restricting signs.

(b) Speeds shown approaching signals applicable unless or until it can be determined that such signal is displaying a more favorable indication than RESTRICT- ING or CLEAR TO STOP. c) HAL indicates "Heavy Axle Load Train". A train or engine movement which consists of 50% or more of its cars designated as Heavy Axle Load. Speed restriction applies until the last heavy axle load car clears the bridge. TIME TABLE No. 59 KINGSTON SUB January 1st, 2005 9 5.2 FREIGHT AND 80T 80T refers to Freight Trains exceeding 80 Tons per operative Brake. Tons per operative brake is indicated on the WOPRT, or gross tonnage divided by the number of cars. Mile MPH Frt. 80T 10.3 to 318.5 zone 65 65 *10.3 While engine is passing Dorval Platform 40 40 20.7 to 21.7 50 50 23.8 Eastward approaching signal 238S or N 60 *27.5 Tracks 1 and 4 only 45 45 37.2 Westward approaching signal 373S or N 50 *38.0 Track 1 only 45 45 39.9 Eastward approaching signal 398S or N 60 *64.8 to 66.7 Track 1 only 45 45 Track 4 only 30 30 71.6 Eastward approaching signal 716S or N 60 *83.4 Track 1 (Storage) 15 15 80.5 Eastward approaching signal 804S or N 60 107.6 Westward approaching signal 1077S or N 60 109.6 Eastward approaching signal 1096S or N 60 111.7 Eastward approaching signal 1118S or N 60 116.2 Eastward approaching signal 1162S or N 60 * 127.3 to 125.8 Track 3 only 45 45 135.4 Bridge 60 60 159.9 Westward approaching signal 1599S or N 60 171.4 to 175.3 55 55 * 174.0 to 175.7 Track 1 only 45 45 175.8 Bridge 60 60 185.2 Eastward approaching signal 1854S or N 60 190.7 to 191.0 50 50 198.1 to 199.1 60 60 202.8 Eastward approaching signal 2028S or N 60 204.9 Eastward approaching signal 2048S or N 60 214.3 Westward approaching signal 2135S or N 60 216.2 Eastward approaching signal 2162S or N 60 * 218.9 to 220.4 Track 4 only 30 30 * 218.9 to 220.9 Track 1 only 30 30 219.0 to 221.0 60 60 221.2 Eastward approaching signal 2210S or N 35 223.5 Westward approaching signal 2235S or N 60 225.5 Westward approaching signal 2555S or N 60 225.5 Eastward approaching signal 2254S or N 60 227.5 Eastward approaching signal 2274S or N 60 229.6 Westward approaching signal 2297S or N 60 * 240.0 to 241.5 Track 3 (Storage) 15 15 250.4 to 251.2 60 60 250.4 HAL Train On Bridge 20** 20** 264.4 Westward approaching signal 2643S or N 60 268.2 Westward approaching signal 2683T2 or T3 60 270.3 to 271.3 North Track 45 45 South Track 30 30 284.8 Westward approaching signal 2849S or N 55 * 287.0 to 288.8 Tracks 1and 4 (Storage) 15 15 293.2 Eastward approaching signal 2932S or N 60 295.3 Westward approaching signal 2953S or N 60 297.0 to 298.0 60 60 304.7 Eastward approaching signal 3048S or N 60 306.1 Eastward approaching signal 3068S or N 60 309.0 Westward approaching signal 3091S or N 60 318.5 to 332.4 zone 60 60 KINGSTON SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 10 January 1st, 2005 5.3 PASSENGER SPEEDS Mile MPH LRC Other 10.3 to 20.7 zone 100 95 20.7 to 49.3 zone 95 95 20.7 to 21.7 60 50 23.9 to 24.8 80 70 *27.5 Tracks 1 and 4 only 45 45 35.8 to 36.2 90 38.0 Track 1 only 45 45 49.3 to 124.0 zone 100 **100 62.6 to 64.1 85 85 *64.71 Through Xing until Xing occupied 95 95 75.5 to 76.2 90 81.8 to 82.1 90 85.1 85.4 90 111.2 112.6 80 112.1 to 112.6 80 *118.0 to 119.05 Westward until Xing occupied 90 90 *120.0 to 119.05 Eastward until Xing occupied 90 90 124.0 to 127.0 zone 80 70 * 125.8 to 127.3 Track 3 only 45 45 127.0 to 143.5 zone 95 90 131.5 to 131.8 80 70 141.4 to 142.9 80 70 143.5 to 163.4 zone 100 **100 143.5 to 145.2 90 *154.3 Eastward entering private Xing 70 70 154.3 to 154.9 90 80 154.9 to 156.9 80 163.4 to 199.1 zone 100 90 169.5 to 171.4 80 70 171.4 to 175.3 70 60 * 174.0 to 175.7 Track 1 only 45 45 175.3 to 184.7 85 80 *190.73 Eastward entering private Xing 50 50 *191.02 Westward entering private Xing 50 50 198.1 to 199.1 70 60 199.1 to 262.0 zone 100 **100 204.0 to 207.2 90 213.9 to 215.6 90 * 218.9 to 220.4 Track 4 only 30 30 * 218.9 to 220.9 Track 1 only 30 30 219.0 to 221.0 80 60 221.1 to 223.8 95 95 *221.14 Westward until Xing occupied 70 70 230.8 to 233.9 90 * 240.0 to 241.5 Track 3 (storage) 15 15 262.0 to 271.3 zone 95 95 263.7 to 270.3 80 270.3 to 271.3 Bridge 45 45 271.3 to 290.9 zone 100 **100 278.8 to 279.3 95 *283.0 to 283.4 Eastward until Xing occupied 95 95 284.9 to 286.4 90 * 287.0 to 288.8 Tracks 1 and 4 (storage) 15 15 290.9 to 306.3 zone 95 90 290.9 to 291.5 90 80 297.0 to 297.4 70 60 306.3 to 318.5 zone 100 90 318.5 to 322.8 zone 95 90 . 322.2 to 322.6 90 80 322.8 to 332.4 zone 100 90 331.0 to 332.4 70 60 ** Or maximum allowable speed of equipment as outlined in Passenger Train Information whichever is less TIME TABLE No. 59 KINGSTON SUB January 1st, 2005 11 5.4 FREIGHT SPEEDS FOR TRAINS EXCEEDING 8000FT. AND 100 TONS PER OPERATIVE BRAKE. Tons per operative brake is indicated on the WOPRT, or gross tonnage divided by the number of cars. Note: Unless otherwise indicated below, maximum speed for 100T trains is 55 MPH regardless of freight Zone or PSO speeds show in the field. Mile MPH 100T 10.3 to 318.5 MAXIMUM SPEED 55 *10.3 While engine is passing Dorval Platform 40 20.7 to 21.7 50 *27.5 Tracks 1 and 4 only 45 37.2 Westward approaching signal 373S or N 50 *38.0 Track 1 only 45 39.9 Eastward approaching signal 398S or N 50 *83.4 Track 1 (Storage) 15 * 125.8 to 127.3 Track 3 only 45 * 174.0 to 175.7 Track 1 only 45 185.2 Eastward approaching signal 1854S or N 50 190.7 to 191.0 50 192.2 Eastward approaching signal 1922S or N 40 201.3 Eastward approaching signal 2012-T2 or T3 40 202.8 Eastward approaching signal 2028S or N 40 * 218.9 to 220.4 Track 4 only 30 * 218.9 to 220.9 Track 1 only 30 221.2 Eastward approaching signal 2210S or N 35 * 240.0 to 241.5 Track 3 (storage) 15 250.4 HAL Train On Bridge 20** 270.3 to 271.3 South Track 30 North Track 45 270.0 HAL Train On Bridge 20** 284.8 Westward approaching signal 2849S or N 50 * 287.0 to 288.8 Tracks 1 and 4 (storage) 15 303.2 Westward approaching signal 3033S or N 40 318.5 to 332.4 Zone 60

5.5 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS Mile 24.0 North Track - Movements required to operate at Restricted speed must not exceed 10 MPH, and brake application avoided while passing over, and within 500 ft. of both sides of bridge. KINGSTON SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 12 January 1st, 2005 6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Rule 103.1 (f)(Rusty Rail Conditions) is applicable at all public crossings at grade equipped with automatic warning devices for movements while operating on the north or south track when exiting, or while operating on tracks No.1 at Crysler, No.1 at Queens, No. 3 at Brighton, Clarke and Clark West. 6.2 Mile 39.83 (Ste-Catherine Rd.) Automatic warning devices. Eastward movements stopped West of signals 398N and 398S Coteau Ouest must make sure that warning devices have been operating for at least 20 seconds and that gates are in horizontal position. 6.3 Mile 53.82 (Hwy. 34) - Automatic warning devices. To avoid unnecessary operation of warning devices, when eastward movements will be held at Garry the RTC will advise train crews to stop back of crossing circuit signs located at mile 54.6 Stop signs on both sides of crossing on track KC-72 6.4 Mile 64.70 (Boundary Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: Westward movements proceeding after having stopped at either signal 647N or 647S must not exceed 30 MPH until crossing occupied. 6.5 Mile 66.49 (Virginia Drive) - Warning devices. Automatic: Westward movements proceeding after having stopped at signal 667N or 667S must not exceed 30 MPH until crossing occupied. 6.6 Mile 112.95 (Boundary Street) Warning devices. Track KE01. Automatic: Stop signs both sides of crossing. All movements must stop at the stop sign and must not proceed until the crossing protection devices have been operating for at least 20 seconds. 6.7 Mile 119.05 (Brockem Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: South Track—Westward movements switching over public crossing at grade must leave remaining portion of train a minimum 500 feet east of crossing. Crossing circuit sign located approximately 50 feet east of switch to track KE54. Upon completion of switching at Liquid Carbonic movements must not proceed beyond crossing circuit sign unless entire movement can clear east of Brockem Rd. 6.8 Mile 125.65 (Perth St.) warning devices. Automatic: Push-buttons to start and stop warning devices located east side of crossing. 6.9 Mile 221.34 (Geddes St.) warning devices. Automatic: Push-buttons to start and stop warning devices located west side of crossing. 6.10 Mile 256.3 (Station Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: To avoid the unnecessary operation of automatic warning devices, the RTC will advise train crews to stop back of crossing circuit sign mile 257.2 when eastward movements will be held at the signal. 6.11 Mile 278.5 (Boundry Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: To avoid the unnecessary operation of automatic warning devices, the RTC will advise train crews to stop back of crossing circuit sign mile 279.3 when eastward movements will be held at the signal. 6.12 Mile 287.26 (Cobbledick Rd.) warning devices No. 1 and 4 tracks. Automatic: Push-buttons to start and stop warning devices located west side of crossing. (R.T.C. R-38311). On No. 1 track, stop sign located on west side of crossing. Eastward movements must activate push-button before occupying crossing. Cars must not be left standing within 300 ft. of crossing. (marked by a crossing circuit sign.) 6.13 Mile 299.58 (Wilson Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: To avoid the unnecessary operation of the automatic warning devices, the RTC will advise train crews to stop clear of crossing circuit sign mile 298.8 when westward movements will be held at the signal. TIME TABLE No. 59 KINGSTON SUB January 1st, 2005 13 7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 Mile 19.77 and 20.54 - Ste-Anne Track Q012 MAXIMUM SPEED...... 10 MPH 7.3 OTTAWA FREIGHT TRACK (Q0-53) Mile 37.3 - North track - Extends westward connecting with Alexandria Sub. at mile 0.5. Usable length of track is 4838 ft. RTC must be advised when cars are left on this track. Public Crossing at grade: Mile 37.5 (Sauvé Street ) -Warning devices - Automatic: Movements must use ''start/stop'' push button located on north east corner of crossing. Rule 103.1 (c) is not applicable. 7.4 COTEAU - EAST LEG OF WYE - TRACK Q-47 Mile 37.3 - South track - Extends westward connecting with Valleyfield Sub. at mile 46.7. No equipment is to be left on this track unless authorized by the RTC. Engineering employees must contact the RTC before occupying this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH 7.5 REGIS - Mile 65.6—North and South Service Tracks (Old tracks #1 and #4) Usable Length - 8610 ft. Rule 103.1 (f) (Rusty Rail Conditions) applicable. Rule 105 (a) applicable. Cars must not be left on these tracks without being authorized by the RTC. Rule 112 Add one additional handbrake to the handbrake requirements per car catagory as outlined in Rule 112 (ii). PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 64.70(Boundary Rd.)—Automatic Warning Devices Stop sign located on North Service track west of crossing. 7.6 CORNWALL Mile 65.6—Extends 1.4 miles westward from No. 4 track Regis. Switch points face east. Rule 105 (a) applicable. Rule 104(c) The following Yard switch(es) may be left lined and locked in either position: - Track CA18 Rule 112 Add one additional handbrake to the handbrake requirements per car catagory as outlined in Rule 112 (ii) when cars are left on track KC03. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS The following units are permitted: Groups B, D2 and units 1750-1787, 3100-3120 and 3500- 3842. Units1054-1179,1600-1614, 1900-1915, 4118-4128 and 4206-4609 in single unit consists Units in locomotive groups E, F, G, H, are permitted on main spur and track CA15. 7.7 WESCO Mile 69.4—Extends 2.4 miles southward off south track. Switch points face east. Cars must not be left north of posted sign. Wye located 1.2 miles south of Kingston Sub. Rule 105 (a) applicable including all industrial trackage except tracks CB16 to CB20 inclusive. Rule 104(c) The following Yard switches may be left lined and locked in either position: - CB39, CB43, CB45, CB46, CB48, CB49, and switch connecting west leg of wye to CB07. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Only the following units are permitted on Domtar spur, track CC70L and Pfizer spur, track CB46: Units in groups D1 or D2 in single unit consists only. Flat cars exceeding 50 feet in length must not be operated on track CC70L without authority from the Trans. Supvsr. 6 axle equipment prohibited on CC70L. Equipment must not be left between main track switch, mile 69.35 Kingston Sub., and Vincent Massey Dr. mile 0.93 Wesco Spur or north of sign posted adjacent to track CB08. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 0.93 (Vincent Massey Dr.) warning devices. Northward movements. Automatic: Stop sign south side of crossing. KINGSTON SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 14 January 1st, 2005 7.8 BOVERI SPUR Mile 72.3—Extends 1.1 miles southward from south track. Switch points face east. Hand throw derail located 185 feet south of switch KD06. Hand throw derail located 300 feet south of No 2 Highway crossing. Movements must not operate beyond the south switch of track KD08. Rule 105 (a) applicable. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 0.63 (Hwy. No 2)—Movements must be manually protected. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH 7.9 SEAWAY Mile 90.7—Extends 1.2 miles southward from south track. Switch points face east. Use phone at right side of gate to contact plant employee who will open gate. Smoking or fusees not allowed. Rule 105 (a) applicable. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Units in locomotive group H prohibited. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 7.10 MORRISBURG TOWN Mile 91.9—Extends 1.0 miles southward from south track. Switch points face east. Rule 105 (a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 7.11 PRESCOTT ELEVATOR Mile 112.0—Extends 1.2 miles southward from south track. Switch points face east. Rule 105 (a) applicable. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Units in locomotive groups E, G, H, prohibited. Ports Canada Elevator—Engines must not pass restricted sign over elevator siding due to grain dust ignition hazard. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 7.12 PRESCOTT INDUSTRIAL Mile 113.4—Extends 0.5 miles northward from north track. Switch points face east. Rule 105 (a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED KE07 and KE08 ...... 5 MPH. 7.13 DUPONTS Mile 117.9—Extends 1.9 miles south from south track. Switch points face east. Rule 105 (a) applicable. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Units in locomotive groups E and H prohibited beyond scale house at track scale. The first switch encountered on Dupont lead (KE25) must be returned to normal when leaving the plant. Employees operating within Dupont complex must have a copy of their Safety Manual accessible while operating within the complex and be governed by instructions contained therein. An abridged version of the safety manual can be obtained at the scale house on the lead track KE25. Within the fenced confines of the Dupont complex, crews are to expect blue flags at any point on any track. Engine crews must ring bell to indicate movements to Dupont employees. Air brakes must be in service on all cars during switching operation. Cars must not be cut off in motion, but must be shoved to rest. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. MAXIMUM SPEED OVER SCALE TRACK ...... 5 MPH. TIME TABLE No. 59 KINGSTON SUB January 1st, 2005 15 7.14 KE55 Mile 118.7 — Extends 8000 ft.west to crossover mile 120.2 and Ultramar Trackage. Rule 105 (a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 119.0 (Brockem Rd.)—Crossing to be manually protected. NITROCHEM KE65 - Extends 1.3 miles north from KE55. Switch points face west. Rule 105 (a) applicable. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Not more than two units coupled may operate inside gates. Units in locomotive groups, E, F, G, H, prohibited beyond gate. Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 262,000 lbs. Movements prohibited on track KE65 north of switch to track KE61, and on track KE61 east of east crossover switch. A maximum of 8 loads in a single cut may be shoved into track KE65 at any one time. KE57 (Runaround) - 6 axle units prohibited ULTRAMAR - Extends west from crossover mile 120.2 Rule 105 (a) applicable. 7.15 BROCKVILLE CP JUNCTION Mile 125.6—Extends from signal 1257N1 at mile 27.8 to mile 27.5 on CP Brockville Sub. Rule 105 (a) applicable. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 125.65 Kingston Sub. (Perth St.)—All Southward movements on the CP Brockville Sub. must stop at stop sign (located on signal mast) regardless of indication displayed on signal 1257N1, and must not proceed until automatic warning devices have been activated by means of push buttons located below the stop sign. 7.16 PERTH NORTH SERVICE TRACK Mile 125.8—North of track No. 1. Extends 7545 ft. between signals 1258 at Perth and signal 1273 at Lynn. Rule 105 (a) applicable. Rule 112— Double the handbrake requirement per car catagory as per Rule 112 (ii). 7.17 BROCKVILLE YARD Mile 126.6— Eastward trains lifting or setting off in Brockville Yard must pull far enough eastward to clear Perth St. and allow crossing protection to stop and traffic to clear before accepting signal 1257S to move Westward into Yard. 7.18 QUEENS SERVICE TRACK (Old Track #4) Mile 174.1—South of main tracks. Extends 7300 ft. West. Rule 105 (a) applicable. ALUMINUM Mile 174.2—Extends 1.0 mile southward from wye on Queens Service Track Switch points face east. Rule 105 (a) applicable. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Locomotive groups E, F, G ...... 5 MPH. Cars over 251,000 lbs. gross weight ...... 5 MPH. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 7.19 CATARAQUI Mile 178.0—Extends 3.0 miles southward from south track. Switch points face west. Rule 105 (a) applicable. Engines must not enter any building at Nylon plant. No more than 2 cars to be placed south of road crossing on tracks KM30 or KM31. ( inside of gates Dupont Plant) EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Units in locomotive group E prohibited. Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 251,000 lbs. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. KINGSTON SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 16 January 1st, 2005 7.20 INDUSTRIAL Mile 178.5—Switch points face west from north track. Rule 105 (a) applicable. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 251,000 lbs. Units in locomotive groups E and H prohibited. Locomotive groups F and G ...... 5 MPH. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 7.21 MILLHAVEN Mile 186.6—Extends 1.5 miles southward from track KN03. Switch points face west. Rule 105 (a) applicable. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Units in locomotive groups E and H prohibited. Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 251,000 lbs. Engines must not enter building on track KN15. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 0.99 (Taylor-Kidd Blvd.) warning devices. Automatic: Stop signs both sides of crossing. 7.22 BATH Mile 190.3—Extends 5.6 miles southward from south track. Switch points face east. Rule 105 (a) applicable. GO signal located on west leg of wye track, 3160 feet from signal 1911S1, and GO signal located on east leg of wye track, 1588 feet from signal 1904S1. When GO light is illuminated it indicates route is lined for movement onto Kingston Sub. This does not indicate that signals 1911S1 or 1904S1 are displaying a permissive indication. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Engines must not operate past silos located on Canada Cement Co. track KN31. Engines must not enter Ontario Hydro building on Power House tracks KN26, KN27 and KN28. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 7.23 NAPANEE Mile 199.7—Extends 1.0 miles eastward from South service track. Switch points face west. Rule 105 (a) applicable. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Units in locomotive group E prohibited. Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 220,000 lbs MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10MPH 7.24 GOODYEAR Mile 199.7—Extends 3.11 miles northward from north track. Switch points face west. Rule 105 (a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10MPH Rule 112 - Tracks BY 12 through BY 28 - add one additional handbrake to the handbrake requirements per car category as outlined in Rule 112 (ii) Handbrakes to be applied on the west end. Tracks BY34 through BY99 - Double the handbrake requirements per car category as outlined in Rule 112 (ii). Hand- brakes to be applied on the west end.

PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE Mile 1.23—(Newburgh Rd.) Maximum speed ...... 10 MPH. until crossing fully occupied . . . . . (R.T.C. R-34021). TIME TABLE No. 59 KINGSTON SUB January 1st, 2005 17 7.25 BELLEVILLE EAST Mile 219.5—Yard RULE 112— On all yard tracks - Double the handbrake requirements per car catagory as outlined in Rule 112 (ii). Handbrakes to be applied to the west end. Yard and Train crews must inform the Yard Coordinator (when on duty) of the number of handbrakes applied on cars set off. SPEEDS West leg of Wye track, tracks KP-15 to KP18, tracks BB-09 and BB-10, and tracks BY12 to BY 14. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH 7.26 BELLEVILLE NORTH Mile 220.5—Extends 2.5 miles westward off track BY45. Rule 105 (a) applicable. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE All public crossings at grade to be manually protected. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Restricted side clearance—Track BY35, DA02,DA03, DA04 Track BY35—Due to overhead conveyor, cars in excess of 15 feet 6 inches high (Plate C) prohibited. 7.27 MARMORA Mile 232.8—Extends 800 ft. southward from south track. Connection with Kingston Sub. is via Connecting track. Switch at mile 31.9 is normal when lined for movements to Kingston Sub. When the word GO is illuminated on signal mile 31.9, it indicates the route is lined for movement to the Kingston Sub. GO signal illuminated does not indicate that signal 2328S1 is displaying a permissive indication. Rule 105 (a) applicable. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Units in locomotive groups E, F, G, H are prohibited. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 7.28 COBOURG Mile 264.0—Industrial Tracks. Rule 105 (a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Units in locomotive groups E, F, G, H, prohibited on industrial tracks serving Kraft Foods, Canadian General Electric, Agrico and Ontario Development Corporation. Units in locomotive group D1 permitted in single unit consist only on tracks KS31 & KS32. Engines must not enter Kraft Foods buildings. Overhead and side Restricted clearances Kraft Foods. MAXIMUM SPEED(wye and industrial tracks) . . . . . 5 MPH. PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE Mile 0.40 (Ontario St.) Crossing to be manually protected. 7.29 Mile 300.9 (Oshawa EE Yard ) - Derails not marked with derail posts located at the east end of track EE23. 7.30 Mile 301.6 (C Yard South Industrial) Extends 1.7 miles south off Oshawa Yard Track C55 Lead. Switch points face west. PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE Mile 0.1 (Wentworth St.) warning devices. Automatic: Crossing circuit extends 270 feet either side of crossing. Switching movements must clear these points to prevent continuous operation of the crossing protection devices. Movements must not exceed 7 MPH until crossing fully occupied. (B.T.C. R-34350). 7.31 SOUTH SERVICE OSHAWA Mile 301.6 to Mile 303.3 Usable length of track is 8290 feet. Rule 105 (a) applicable. RTC must be advised prior to entering this track so as not to delay possible movements already authorized to enter this track from the main track. KINGSTON SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 18 January 1st, 2005 7.32 OSHAWA YARD Mile 302.2—Yard RULE 112—Handbrakes need not be applied on cars left on tracks A001 to A004, A011 to A022, and B001 to B016 inclusive, unless extenuating Circumstances require same. Handbrakes applied as outlined in Rule 112 (ii) on tracks EE14 to EE20, and EE23 to EE26 inclusive, must be applied to a minimum of one on each end of the track. Designated Pullback Tracks - Track EE18 lead and track EE16 between No.1 crossover and east end of track EE16. All movements, including track units, must obtain permission from the Yard Coordinator prior to occupying this track. Movements must report when clear of this track. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Multiple Unit consists in excess of 2000 HP using the wye track MAXIMUM SPEED...... 10 MPH 7.33 SOUTH SERVICE WHITBY Mile 303.4 to Mile 304.6. Usable length of track is 6780 feet. Movements entering the South service track Whitby from Oshawa Yard must receive permission from RTC. Rule 105 (a) applicable. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 304.29—(South Blair St.) warning devices. Automatic: Maximim speed until crossing occupied-10 MPH 7.34 WHITBY HARBOUR Mile 304.4—Extends 0.9 miles southward off South Service Track. Swt points face west. Rule 105 (a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Units in Group E-F-G-H prohibited except Units 7000 to 7013. Cars exceeding 52 feet 6 inches must not be handled without special authority. PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE Mile 0.2 (Watson St.) warning devices. Automatic: Stop signs both sides of crossing. 7.355 AJAX Mile 310.4—Extends 2 miles southward off service track. Switch points face west. Rule 105 (a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. Permission must be obtained from the RTC before opening the crossover switch leading to South track from service track. PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE Clements Rd. - Dowty Rd. Fairall St. - Finley Ave. All movements must be Thompson St. manually protected.

7.36 PICKERING INDUSTRIAL Mile 311.5 and Mile 311.9—Extends 2.5 miles south from south track. Swt points face east and west. (Wye ) Rule 105 (a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED including wye tracks ...... 10 MPH. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Cars exceeding 52 feet in length prohibited on track W309, without special authority. Cars exceeding Plate "C" Prohibited on track W312. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 0.55 (Bayly St.) warning devices. Automatic: Maximum 10 MPH until crossing fully occupied. Clements Rd. Brock Rd. McKay Rd. All movements must be Montgomery Park Rd. manually protected. Hydro Mtce Centre (B.T.C.R-23019) Hard hats to be worn by members of train crew while operating on Ontario Hydro tracks and will be found in locked box at railway gate. Hard hats to be returned to box after use. TIME TABLE No. 59 KINGSTON SUB January 1st, 2005 19 7.37 SOUTH SERVICE Mile 328.8 to Mile 332.4. Rule 105 (a) applicable. Movements entering the south service track (3rd track) from the Don Yard crossovers must receive permission from the RTC. Movements must report when clear of this track and no longer required. Hot box detector located on service track at mile 330.3. 7.38 DON YARD Mile 332.2—When equipment or trains are left or stored at the Don Yard, the following instructions must be adhered to: Equipment must be clear, or a cut made, on that portion of the track known as the NO ZONE which is approx. 700 ft. between USRC signals 175, and 176 on the west end, and the Lever/ponds water tower on the East end. Signs indicating this area to be kept clear are in place. RULE 104(c) -East end switch of track connecting P200 to track P201 may be left lined and locked in either position. RULE 112 -Application of Handbrakes is as follows: P200 to P221 coupled with one handbrake applied. When practicable, the handbrake will be applied on the east end car. SPEEDS MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH

7.39 TORONTO HARBOUR DISTRICT Mile 332.6—Extends south off Don yard track P205. Joint trackage with CP Rail Rule 105 (a) applicable MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. Rule 112— Keeting St. Yard Application of Handbrakes is as follows: Q112 to Q121 coupled with one handbrake applied. When practicable, the handbrake will be applied on the east end car. P291 to P296 coupled with one handbrake. When practicable, the handbrake will be applied on the West end car. end. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Mile 0.27 - Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge . . . 5 MPH PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Unless otherwise indicated, all movements must stop before occupying any public crossing at grade not protected by automatic warning devices and provide manual protection. Mile 2.65 (Cherry St.) warning devices. Automatic: Stop signs located both sides of crossing. Mile 3.1 (East Don Roadway) warning devices. Automatic: Stop signs located both sides of crossing. Eastward movements must operate push-buttons in box located at southwest corner of crossing. Eastward and westward movements must wait until the white light on top of instrument case is flashing indicating traffic lights are at stop before occupying crossing. Traffic lights will restore automatically when movement is completed. If eastward movements over crossing is not commenced within one minute, white flashing light will extinguish and traffic signals will restore to normal operation. Mile 3.22 (Lakeshore Blvd.) warning devices. Automatic: Stop signs and strobe lights both sides of crossing. Movements must stop at strobe light until it is activated, then move up to the Stop sign until the crossing protection is activated. Movement must not enter the crossing until the crossing protection has been operating for at least 20 secs. Movements delayed on the circuit for more than 5 mins. must re-activate the crossing protection by pressing the button inside the box attached to the strobe light. Mile 3.93 and 3.88 (CANROOF Q215-Q216) Stop signs located on both sides of public crossings at grade (Lakeshore Blvd.) KINGSTON SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 20 January 1st, 2005 MOTION SENSORS The following Public Crossings at Grade are equipped with motion activated automatic warning devices. Movements must not enter the crossing until it has been ascertained that the warning devices have been operating for at least 20 secs., or provide manual protection of the crossing. Crossing protection will time out when no movement is detected for approx. 20 secs. Mile 3.49 (Booth Ave.) Stop sign on west side governing eastward movements. Mile 3.55 (Logan Ave.) Mile 3.61 (Morse Ave.) Mile 3.67 (Carlaw Ave.) Mile 3.99 (Lakeshore Blvd.) Commissioners & Leslie Commissioners & Don Roadway Push buttons have been provided to change the traffic signals to assist crews in manually protecting the crossing. All movements must stop at the stop signs prior to occupying the crossing, and press the button in the box provided. When the blue light begins to flash all road traffic signals will be held in the stop position and the crews may then manually protect Commissioners St. for their movement. Crews must deactivate this feature MANUALLY & ensure boxes are locked at Commissioners St. when movement over the crossing is no longer required.

RESTRICTED CLEARANCES Side of track or overhead Tracks Q160 to Q164 Buildings, posts and crane Both Tracks Q331 to Q338 Platform and fence Both Track Q470 Platform South

7.40 OAKVILLE-KINGSTON CONNECTING TRACKS Mile 333.3—Two tracks designated south and north connecting tracks extend westward from U.S.R.C. signals 283 and 286 Scott St. Interlocking. South connecting track extends to signal 017D2 at Fort York. North connecting track extends to U.S.R.C.. signal 585 John St. Interlocking and then continues to extend westward from U.S.R.C. signal 551 John St. Interlocking to signal 013D at Fort York. CTC controlled by RTC Toronto. MAXIMUM SPEEDS Between signal 3333ND or SD (Scott St E.), and signal 001ND or SD (John St.) ...... 10 MPH. Between signal 001ND or SD and Ft. York ...... 15 MPH. GBOs affecting these tracks will be indicated on the Oakville Sub. sections of the DOB and TGBO. Rule 49 applicable on these tracks. Locomotives in groups F, G and H are permitted. TIME TABLE No. 59 KINGSTON SUB January 1st, 2005 21 8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Location Obstruction Side of Track or Overhead 8.1 Cornwall Track KC84 Building North 8.2 Wesco, all tracks Building, pipes, catwalks, south of wye platforms Both 8.3 Prescott Elevator Tracks KD81 -KD84 Buildings Both 8.4 Track KD85 Building, roof projection Both 8.5 Dupont Chemical Pipes, platform, catwalks All tracks gate and box Both 8.6 Nitrochem Track KE61 Platforms South Track KE65 Platforms North 8.7 Napanee Mile 198.3 both tracks Bridge Overhead 8.8 Mile 221.0 Bridge Both 8.9 Mile 245.7 Mile 258.6 Bridges Overhead Mile 265.3 Mile 291.5 8.10 Oshawa All tracks at G.M. Buildings and platform Both 8.11 Mile 304.4 Bridge Both 8.12 Mile 327.2 on main track Bridge Both

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES

9.1 WESTWARD MOVEMENTS

Must be Do not Unless Do not inspected exceed inspected exceed at 35 MPH at 35 MPH mile between mile between mile and mile and mile 54.0 64 mile 69 110.6 124 127 163.3 171 177 209.0 218 223 224.5 231 234 250.6 262 266 262.9 269 271 278.5 290 292 290.5

298 333.8 305.0 320.4

9.2 EASTWARD MOVEMENTS

Must be Do not Unless Do not inspected exceed inspected exceed at 35 MPH at 35 MPH mile between mile between mile and mile and mile mile 320.4 333.8 298 305.0 278.5 271 269 266 262 237.0 234 231 224.5 223 218 179.6 177 171 138.2 127 124 80.8 69 64

29.2

10.3 28.0 UXBRIDGE SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 22 January 1st, 2005 UXBRIDGE SUBDIVISION W E METHOD OFMETHOD CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE DOB/TGBO LIMITS DTMF RTC STANDBY CHANNELS RADIO OFMTCE. WAY CHANNEL(S) END OF TRACK 40.3 STOUFFVILLE 40.6 105 Rule MAIN TRACK BEGINS/ENDS 41.3 41.3

MARKHAM 47.0 UNIONVILLE 50.7 CH 3

+ HAGERMAN 51.1 *5 1 UNDERWOOD 52.1 219# 82

52.7 DOB/TGBO OCS MILLIKEN CH 3 AGINCOURT 55.5 (T1) SCARBOROUGH 61.0 61.0 Jct. With Kingston Sub. Subdivision Control Features Rule 105 applicable between mile 40.3 and mile 41.3 Main track begins at mile 41.3 OCS applicable between mile 41.3 and Scarborough UXBRIDGE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.1 Rule 14(l) (iv) applies: —mile 53.61 (McNicoll Ave.). (By-law 25009) —mile 52.82 (Steeles Ave.). —mile 53.20 (Passmore Ave.). —mile 54.43 (Finch Ave.). —mile 54.88 (Huntingwood Dr.). —mile 55.16 (Havendale Rd.). 1.2 Rule 104.2(c)—Not applicable at Dual Control Switch No. 3 mile 51.1 Hagerman. In the application of rule 104.2(c), dual control switch No. 1 mile 51.46 Uxbridge sub. and No. 1 mile 14.39 York sub. must remain in the hand position until the movement has cleared the switch points. 1.3 Rule 104.5(c) Exception Derail - Mile 41.0 Uxbridge Sub. This derail to be used to protect equipment left west of the existing standard derails located east of Main St. crossing. 1.4 Rule 105 (a) applicable : between mile 41.3 and End of track.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 Stouffville—Two tracks designated from the south as UA32 and UA 33 are GO Transit storage tracks. No other equipment must be left in this track without permission of the RTC Toronto. Derails located on both tracks approx. 20 ft. east of Public Crossing at grade mile 40.72. 3 INTERLOCKINGS 3.1 Railway crossing at grade Mile 51.1 . . . . CN York Sub . Hagerman (B.T.C. 116093). Remotely controlled by RTC Toronto. Rule 564/610 applicable for trains. Rule 839 applicable for track units. MAXIMUM SPEEDS—Psgr 35 MPH, Frt 25 MPH.

TIMING CIRCUIT:Timing circuit extends 460 feet east and 300 feet west of York Sub. tracks. Any movement within circuit limits with No. 1 or No. 3 dual control switches on hand throw must reset circuit. Entire movement must be clear of circuit limits before circuit can be reset. Circuit reset push-button is located in box in southwest corner. Indication light in box will be extinguished when circuit is reset. TIME TABLE No. 59 UXBRIDGE SUB. January 1st, 2005 23 4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight: Mile 61.0 to mile 51.1 ...... 268,000 lbs. Mile 51.1 to mile 40.3 ...... 251,000 lbs. HALs not permitted without DL message authority. Units in locomotive groups F, G, H, must not be operated on industrial spurs and other tracks without authority.

5 SPEEDS 5.1 Mile Psgr Frt 40.3 to 41.3 Rule 105(Subdivision Track) . 15 15 41.3 to 46.9 zone ...... 50 25 43.0 to 44.0 ...... 40 25 46.9 to 47.4 zone ...... 25 25 47.4 to 50.9 zone ...... 50 25 49.7 to 50.2 ...... 25 25 50.9 to 51.3 zone ...... 35 25 51.3 to 55.5 zone ...... 50 25 *51.1 ...... 35 25 55.5 to 61.0 zone ...... 40 25 *60.2 Danforth Rd.— from crossing circuit sign located 1600 feet from crossing, until crossing occupied ...... 20 20 *Not marked with speed restriction signs.

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Radio Activated Crossings - Crossings requiring activation by radio will be governed by the following: Select Channel 3 and press the push to talk button while dialing *(number shown for crossing)# with the DTMF touch tone pad to activate the warning devices before occupying crossing. Rule 103.1 (d) applicable. When crossing protection has been activated by "Remote Start" and observed to be operating for at least 20 secs, Rule 103.1 (b)(i) (10 MPH from 300 ft. distance) not applicable Should movement not commence within 3 minutes, or it is desired to deactivate the warning devices, select Channel 3 and press the push to talk button while dialing *(number shown for crossing)#. 6.2 Mile 40.72 (Highway 47) warning devices. Automatic: Stop signs erected both sides of crossing. All movements must STOP at the stop sign and crossing must be manually protected unless it is known crossing protection devices have been operating for at least 20 seconds. 6.3 Mile 45.74 (Bur-Oak Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: Eastward movements making station stop at Mount Joy GO Station Mile 45.7 must activate remote start for crossing using radio. Actvate - * 0457411# Deactivate * 0457410# 6.4 Mile 46.95 (Highway 48) warning devices. Automatic: Eastward movements making station stop must activate “Start” push-button located on station platform to operate warning devices before occupying crossing. 6.5 Mile 47.17(Snider Dr.) warning devices. Automatic: Westward movements making station stop must activate "Remote start" by using Radio. Actvate - ( no asterisk) 471711# Deactivate ( no asterisk) 471710# Activation of Warning devices will be delayed 25 sec. to allow traffic signals to change to stop. Eastward movements required to stop and reverse direction at Markham Station must not exceed 5 MPH from a distance of 300 Ft. until crossing fully occupied. UXBRIDGE SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 24 January 1st, 2005 6.6 Mile 48.38 (McCowan Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: Eastward movements making station stop at Centennial GO Station, Mile 48.5, must activate remote start for crossing using radio. Actvate - ( no asterisk) 0483811# Deactivate ( no asterisk) 0483810# 6.7 Mile 52.82(Steeles Ave.) warning devices. Automatic: Westward movements making station stop must activate "start" pushbutton located on station platform to operate warning devices before occupying crossing. 6.8 Mile 55.73(Sheppard Ave.) warning devices. Automatic: Westward movements making station stop must activate "Remote start" by using Radio. Actvate - ( no asterisk) 0557311# Deactivate ( no asterisk) 0557310# Activation of Warning devices will be delayed 25 sec. to allow traffic signals to change to stop.

7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS

7.1 SOUTH CONNECTING Mile 51.4—Connects to south track York Sub. at mile 14.4. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. Movements from the Uxbridge Sub. to the York Sub. via the South connecting trackmust be made under the provisions of Rule 564. In the application of Rule 104.2, dual control switch No. 1 mile 51.46 Uxbridge sub. and No. 1 mile 14.39 York sub. must remain in the hand position until the movement has cleared the switch points. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH. 7.2 GECO BRANCH Mile 59.7—Mile 59.7 - Extends from mile 3.15 Geco, 1.65 miles north to stop block (Mile 1.5). Switch points face west. Rule 105 (a) applicable and Rule 14(l) (iv) applicable on: Entire spur including all industrial tracks. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Units in locomotive groups F, G, and H only permitted on all tracks. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE All movements must stop at unprotected public crossings at grade and be manually protected. (R.T.C. R-37318) Mile 2.79 (Kennedy Rd.) Warning devices Automatic: Stop signs both sides of crossing. Mile 2.12 (Birchmount Rd.) Warning devices Automatic: Stop signs both sides of crossing. Mile 2.10 Harris lead Mile 0.47 Track T300 (Warden Ave.) Warning devices. Automatic: Stop signs both sides of crossing.

8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Location Obstruction Side of Track or Overhead 8.1 Stouffville GO Storage Track UA32 Wayside Power Stand South

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES 9.1 Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 40.3 and mile 60.9. Eastward movements from MacMillan Yard to Uxbridge Sub., west of Hagerman must be inspected at mile 51.5 Uxbridge Sub. Eastward movements on Uxbridge Sub. from Scarborough TIME TABLE No. 59 GO SUB. January 1st, 2005 25 GO SUBDIVISION W E METHOD OFMETHOD CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE DOB/TGBO LIMITS DTMF RTC STANDBY CHANNELS RADIO OFMTCE. WAY CHANNEL(S) END OF TRACK 11.7 11.7 OSHAWA NORTH 11.6 THICKSON 10.7 CH 2 WHITBY NORTH 8.9 *5 HENRY 8.5 009# 82.0

2 HARWOOD 3.9 CTC

AJAX NORTH 3.5 DOB/TGBO CH 2 PICKERING NORTH 1.0 (T2)

BAYLY 0.8 DURHAM JCT. 0.0 0.0 Jct. With Kingston Sub. Subdivision Control Features CTC between Durham Jct. And eastward signals 118S and 118N at mile 11.7.

GO SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.1 Rule 104.2 —Not applicable at: East crossover switches No.3 at Bayly mile 0.8. 1.2 Rule 107—Not applicable at all stations. 1.3 Rule 573(a)(i) Oshawa North - In the application of this rule, the RTC will be considered as being informed of the intended movement when signal 115S, or 115N indicates other than "restricting" or "clear to stop" for their train. 2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 Instructions for GO consists leaving equipment on the main track at the station platform at Oshawa in accordance with Rule 101.2. The incoming crew, after securing the equipment as per Rule 112, will inform the RTC that their train has been secured and will be left on the main track at the platform. A combination “Blue Flag Derail” will be installed on each track approx. 95 feet west of the West end of the station platform. These “Blue Flag Derails” will be used by equipment personnel only and will onlyl be in the derailing position when protection for equipment personnel is required. When protection for equipment personnel is no longer required, the “Blue Flag Derails” will be locked in the Non-derailing position which will also drop the Blue Flag portion from view. Outgoing crews on consists that had been left unattended, after verifying that the “blue flag derail” is no longer in use on that track, will release the handbrakes from the equipment and perform the required brake test. Prior to departing, permission from the RTC must be obtained to proceed Westward.

3 INTERLOCKINGS NIL

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Freight equipment prohibited without special authority. GO SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 26 January 1st, 2005 5 SPEEDS 5.1 MILE MPH / Psgr. 0.0 to 0.7 zone ...... 45 0.7 to 8.6 zone ...... 85 8.6 to 9.1 zone ...... 65 9.1 to 11.7 zone ...... 85 *11.4 to 11.7 ...... 15 *Not marked with speed restriction signs.

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE - NIL

7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS - NIL

8 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES - NIL TIME TABLE No. 59 OAKVILLE SUB. January 1st, 2005 27 OAKVILLE SUBDIVISION W E METHOD OFMETHOD CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE DOB/TGBO LIMITS SWITCHING ZONE(S) DTMF RTC STANDBY CHANNELS / DRAGGING HOT BOX EQUIPMENT DETECTORS TORONTO 0.0 See Union Station Rail Corridor USRC USRC Special Instructions. LIMITS LIMITS CH3 USRC BATHURST ST. 1.1 FORT YORK 1.8 EXHIBITION 2.0 4 DUFFERIN 2.5 MIMICO EAST 6.2 MIMICO 6.7 CANPA 8.4 Jct. With CP Canpa Sub. 9.6 3 LONG BRANCH CH8 PORT CREDIT EAST 11.5 *5 460 PORT CREDIT 12.8 # *14.0 CLARKSON Y 16.7 PARK ROYAL 17.6 2 9TH LINE 19.3 CH8 OAKVILLE YARD 20.6 (T1) 3 OAKVILLE 21.4 CTC 2 KERR ST. 22.1 DOB/TGBO BRONTE 24.7 BURLOAK 27.1 3 APPLEBY 27.9 BURLINGTON EAST 30.5 BURLINGTON 31.5 BURLINGTON WEST Y 32.2 CH8 Jct. With Halton Sub. *5 470 ALDERSHOT EAST 33.3 # *33.0 ALDERSHOT 34.6 2 ALDERSHOT WEST 35.2 BAYVIEW 36.9 CH8 Jct. With Dundas Sub. (T2) HAMILTON JCT. Y 37.3 Jct. With CP Hamilton Sub. 1 HAMILTON 39.3 39.3 SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURES Union Station Rail Corridor controlled by USRC Train Movement Director. CTC between West Limits USRC and Hamilton Mtce. Of Way Radio Channels Mile 0.0 to 22.0 - CH 82 Mile 22.0 to 39.3 - CH 81 OAKVILLE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES

CTC SPECIAL FEATURES 1.1 Four main tracks between west limits USRC and mile 6.4. Three main tracks between mile 6.4 and mile 13.2, between mile 20.7 and mile 21.6, and between mile 22.2 and mile 31.7. 1.2 Power operated switches— The following switches are power operated switches and do not have "dual control" capabilities. Rule 104.3 applicable. Mimico East - Switch No. 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17,and 19. Canpa - All switches OAKVILLE SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 28 January 1st, 2005 1.3 CROSSOVER #1 ALDERSHOT EAST MILE 33.3 - Crossover #1 from North track Oakville Sub to Aldershot Lead Track (KA31), is modified to self restore to normal (main track) when incoming or outgoing movements have cleared the signal plant. Track units operating as a train under the direction of a Conductor, OR Track units operating under the direction of a Foreman; Movement THROUGH these crossover switches must not be made until switches have been placed in "hand" position and lined for the route to be used. Switches must not be placed back in power position until movement has cleared the switch points of BOTH switches of the crossover. RULE 564 Trains required to operate THROUGH these crossover switches in accordance with Rule 564 will be governed by Rule 104.2(c) (hand position) at all times. Note: The above instructions only apply to movements THROUGH the crossover when reversed. 1.4 Flashing Arrows Aldershot West—Signals 353, 353N, and 353S are equipped with a Flashing Arrow indicator attached to the signal mast. When the flashing arrow is illuminated, it will indicate that the route at Bayview is lined towards the Dundas Sub., and that there is a permissive indication on the control signal at Bayview and Hamilton West for such move. The Flashing arrow will not be lit when movements are lined through Bayview remaining on the Oakville Sub., or if lined onto the Dundas Sub. where there is a stop indication at signal 003N or 003S (Hamilton West). SIGNALLED SIDINGS AND OTHER SIGNALLED TRACKS 1.5 Mile 37.4 and mile 37.5. North and South Connecting tracks. Extend 1200 feet West from north track connecting with CP Hamilton Sub. at Desjardins. CTC controlled by RTC. Maximum Speed...... 30 MPH Switching Signals 1.6 Be governed by Rule 573(c) (ii): Mimico East—Signals—068D1 or 068D2 Park Royal—Signals— 175 and 176D Oakville Yard—Signals— 203 2031, and 206D Oakville South Service Track—Signals—191 and 192 Aldershot East—Signals—333 and 334D SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.7 Rule 13— Engine bell must be rung continuously between the hours of 0600 and 2200 on WESTWARD MOVEMENTS between mile 36.5 and mile 36.9. 1.8 Rule 14(l) (iv) applies: —between mile 0.0 and mile 37.6 inclusive. (B.T.C. 70106, B.T.C. 104427, B.T.C. 70601, B.T.C. 72774 By-law 17-1989). Hamilton—Except to prevent an accident, the sounding of engine whistle by any engine is prohibited between mile 37.6 and mile 39.2 inclusive. (B.T.C. 40101). 1.9 Rule 83.2—In the application of rule 83.2 TGBO, when mile 1 is used as the east limit of a TGBO, that TGBO is applicable on: No.1 and No 2 tracks to mile 1.2 No 3 and No 4 tracks to mile 1.0 VIA RAIL trains Nos. 52, 40, 652, 640, and 67 must operate on the Oakville Sub. using the current applicable DOB. 1.10 Rule 107—not applicable at Exhibition, Mimico, Long Branch, Port Credit, Clarkson, Oakville, Bronte, Appleby, Burlington and Aldershot.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES GENERAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 2.1 Equipment Inspection *At Hot Box and dragging equippment detectors located at mile *14.0 and mile *33.0., an abbreviated message will be transmitted when no alarms are detected e.g." 33 NO ALARMS" TIME TABLE No. 59 OAKVILLE SUB. January 1st, 2005 29 2.2 Designated Tie-up Tracks Unattended Locomotives Mimico . . . . . M529 Oakville . . . . OG58 2.3 Aldershot—Wheel Impact Detector located at mile 33.0 2.4 Aldershot—Eastward trains lifting at Aldershot must leave sufficient room to clear King Rd. when they return to their train with the lift. Westward trains must ensure the tail end of their train is clear of King Rd. when setting off or lifting at Aldershot. Trains lifting or setting off at Aldershot must not pull their train through tracks KA-34 to KA-39. Trains are to use tracks KA-31, KA-32, or KA-33 if clear. All movements within Aldershot Yard including trains lifting/ setting off, will utilize CN CH 5 (17 17) for all radio communications.

3 INTERLOCKINGS 3.1 Mile 0.0 to Mile 1.0 on tracks D1, and D2.. Mile 0.0 to Mile 1.2 on Tracks A2 and A3. Locally controlled by Union Station Rail Corridor TMDs . See USRC Special Instructions in Divisional Data.

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 286,000 lbs. 4.2 Locomotives in groups F, G and H are not to be operated on industrial or other tracks within this territory without authority.

5 SPEEDS 5.1 General (a) * Indicates not marked by speed restriction signs (b) **Applicable to freight trains exceeding 80 tons per operative brake approaching signal unless or until it can be determined that such signal is displaying a more favorable indication than RESTRICTING or CLEAR TO STOP. Tons per operative brake is indicated on the WOPRT, or gross tonnage divided by the number of cars. (c) RoadRailer as defined in Divisional Data.

5.2 Mile MPH

From To Psgr RoadRailer Freight USRC to 1.9 zone 60 20 20 1.9 to 3.1 zone 70 60 60 3.1 to 6.6 zone 80 60 60 6.2 turnout to/from VIA TMC from #4 track 15 15 15 6.6 to 36.4 zone 95 70 60 9.3 to 10.3 track 3 60 60 13.0 to 13.2 track 1 45 45 45 20.7 to 21.7 track 3 30 30 30 22.1 to 22.2 Through turnout to track 1 45 45 30 22.1 to 31.8 track 1 80 31.4 to 31.7 track 1 45 45 30 31.7 to 31.8 Through turnout to track 1 15 15 15 **33.4 80T eastward approaching signal 334N/S 50 36.4 to 36.9 zone 50 30 30 36.9 to 39.3 zone 30 30 30 38.8 movements handling loaded ore cars 25 OAKVILLE SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 30 January 1st, 2005 5.3 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS Mile MPH *3.89 Heavy Axle Load Trains on Bridge ...... 30 *4.17 Heavy Axle Load Trains on Bridge ...... 20 *4.9 Heavy Axle Load Trains on Bridge ...... 20 *5.15 Heavy Axle Load Trains on Bridge ...... 20 *5.94 Heavy Axle Load Trains on Bridge ...... 20 *9.82 Heavy Axle Load Trains on Bridge ...... 20 *13.27 Heavy Axle Load Trains on Bridge ...... 20 *13.39 Heavy Axle Load Trains on Bridge ...... 20 *21.7 Heavy Axle Load Trains on Bridge ...... 20 *26.7 Heavy Axle Load Trains on Bridge ...... 45 *35.23 Heavy Axle Load Trains on Bridge ...... 10 *Applicable until the last Heavy Axle Load on the train clears the bridge. 6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Mile 10.59 (Haig Blvd.). Mile 10.84 (Ogden Ave.). warning devices. Mile 11.02 (Alexandra Ave.) Automatic: Movements stopped on No. 3 track within 1000 feet of crossing must push start button to lower gates. 6.2 Mile 13.11 (Stavebank Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: Westward movements complying with Rule 564 must be manually protected. 6.3 Mile 16.09 (Clarkson Rd.) Crossing circuit sign on south track is located 3970 feet west of crossing opposite Signal 168S. Eastward movements with 25 cars or less required to lift or set off at Clarkson must pull east of Clarkson Rd. and use service track to enter the yard. Eastward movements with more than 25 cars required to lift or set off at Clarkson must leave leading car of their movement west of Signal 168S. When movement has been recoupled, entire movement must be west of Signal 168S in order to activate crossing protection. 6.4 Mile 20.55 (Chartwell Rd.). Automatic: Westward movements stopped at signal 203N or 203S must stop clear of the crossing circuit signs located 120 feet east of the signals. Eastward movements stopped at signal 208T1, 208T2, or 208T3 must not exceed 20 MPH until crossing is occupied. Eastward movements routed from No.3 track must not exceed 30 MPH until crossing is occupied. 6.5 Mile 21.94 (Kerr St.) Automatic: Westward movements stopped at signals 219N or 219S, must stop clear of the crossing circuit signs located 300 feet east of the signals. 6.6 Mile 26.2 (Private Crossing) unprotected. Fire route. Cars must not be left unattended on crossing.

7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 WESTERN Extends between mile 1.2 and mile 1.5. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. Rule 105 (a) applicable. 7.2 OAKVILLE-KINGSTON CONNECTING TRACKS Mile 1.8—Two tracks south of No. 4 track designated south and north connecting tracks extend eastward from Fort York mile 1.8. South connecting track extends to USRC signal 283 at Scott St. Interlocking. North connecting track extends to USRC signal 551 John St. Interlocking and then continues to extend eastward from USRC signal 585 John St. Interlocking to USRC. signal 286 at Scott St. Interlocking. TIME TABLE No. 59 OAKVILLE SUB. January 1st, 2005 31 MAXIMUM SPEEDS Between signal 3333ND or SD (Scott St E.), and signal 001ND or SD (John St.) ...... 10 MPH. Between signal 001ND or SD and Ft. York ...... 15 MPH. GBOs affecting these tracks will be indicated on the Oakville Sub. sections of the DOB and TGBO. CTC controlled by RTC Toronto. Rule 49 applicable on these tracks. Locomotives in groups F, G and H are permitted. 7.3 MIMICO YARD AND SOUTH SERVICE TRACK Mile 7.4 Rule 105 (a) applicable on all "M" series tracks including: M503 - South service track, M616 - Henderson Hwy. lead M621 & M650 - Wye tracks, M300 - North service track, M783 - Flintcoat lead Maximum speed ...... 10 MPH. East and West leg of Wye tracks Maximum speed ...... 5 MPH. RULE 112 -Application of Handbrakes is as follows: M503 to M541 coupled with one handbrake applied. When practicable, the handbrake to be applied on the West end car. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Locomotives in groups F, G and H are permitted on VIA inbound and outbound tracks, and Mimico South service track M503. Movements on track M210-M213 ...... 5 MPH. Engines must not operate inside building. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE New Toronto St., Birmingham St., all movements must stop and be manually protected. 7.4 WILLOWBROOK Mile 7.4 Willowbrook East Lead—MAXIMUM SPEED . . . . . 10 MPH. Willowbrook Shop Track Limits—Yard and Transfer assignments required to move within the SHOP TRACK LIMITS as designated by field signs, must contact the Willowbrook Control Centre for permission. If unable to contact the control Centre by radio, they can be reached by one of the following phone numbers: 416-253-8851 or 416-578-7265. Engine bell must be rung when moving or passing through. Westward movements must stop at stop sign immediately west of Willowbrook shop building on No. 1 track and ensure there is no vehicular traffic approaching before fouling crossing. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 7.5 BURMAH CASTROL CANADA LTD. Mile 9.1—Swt points face east. Track M726—cars over 56 feet prohibited. Equipment must not be left on curve. 7.6 ONTARIO H.E.P.C. LEAD Mile 10.6—Extends south 4000 feet from No. 3 track. Switch points face east. Cars must not be stored on this track. Rule 105 (a) applicable. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Highway No. 2. All movements must be manually protected and must not be made over crossing between 0800 and 0900 and between 1600 and 1800 (B.T.C. 99340). 7.7 PORT CREDIT SERVICE TRACK Mile 11.5 —Extends 1.2 miles west off of Track No.3 from signal 116 to switch mile 12.7 Rule 105 (a) applicable. OAKVILLE SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 32 January 1st, 2005 7.8 CLARKSON SERVICE TRACK Mile 15.7 —Extends 1.9 miles west off of South track from signal 158. Rule 105 (a) applicable. Track OB31 MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. PETRO-CANADA CLARKSON Mile 16.0—Extends 1.7 miles South from service track. Swt points face E and W. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 1.8 (Orr Rd.) Must be manually protected (B.T.C. 61756). 7.9 YARD LEAD PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 16.1 (Clarkson Rd.) warning devices. Movements must stop and operate pushbutton. 7.10 CANADIAN SALT CO. Mile 17.5—Extends south. Switch points face east. Units in locomotive groups F, G and H restricted and units in series 4000-4128, and 4700-4810 prohibited in track OH38. 7.11 ST. LAWRENCE CEMENT LEAD Mile 18.9—Extends south. Switch points face west. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Winston Churchill Blvd.—All movements must be manually protected (B.T.C. 90280).

7.12 OAKVILLE NORTH AND SOUTH SERVICE North Service Track - North service track Oakville Yard must be left clear and not used for storing cars. Crews setting off empty multi-level equipment must ensure such equipment is left with slack compressed. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 20.6 (Chartwell Rd.) warning devices. Timing circuit extends 92 feet east of crossing and is marked by Crossing Circuit Sign. Trains stopped on circuit in excess of 64 seconds must operate pushbuttons located north of track both sides of crossing. Westward movements must not obstruct the crossing until the warning devices have been operating for at least 20 seconds. South Service Track— Rule 103.1 (f) (Rusty Rail Condi- tions) applicable to eastward movements at all public crossings at grade equipped with automatic warning devices. Tracks OH61 to OH63 (south yard) not to be used for through movements. MAXIMUM SPEED OH61-OH63...... 10 MPH. Designated Pullback Track — South Service track eastward from signal 192 at 9th line, to Cornwall Rd. track OJ30. (approx. 2600 ft.) Westward movements on track OJ30, including track units, must stop at the stop sign located just east of Cornwall Rd. and contact the Yard Coordinator and be governed by his instructions. OAKVILLE YARD Rule 112 - Handbrakes to a maximum of 2 at the west end are to be applied on tracks OG24 to OG57 incl. Speeds and Equipment restrictions Tracks OG33 and OG39 MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 5 MPH. All other tracks in Oakville Yard ...... 10 MPH Locomotives in groups F, G and H are permitted on tracks OG20 to OG46 and OG66 in north yard. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. Track OG58 (Oil Siding) MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 5 MPH FORD MOTOR COMPANY Engine bell must be rung when approaching and passing over any private crossing within the Ford Oakville compound. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH Reduce to 5 MPH when entering building. Tracks OF30, OF33, OF52, and OF58-OF62 incl. . . 7 MPH. TIME TABLE No. 59 OAKVILLE SUB. January 1st, 2005 33 7.13 PROCOR LEAD Mile 24.2 —Track OC31 extends off No. 3 track. Switch points face east. Lifts and set offs may be made from tracks OC34, OC35 or OC36. Procor derails are located on tracks OC35 and OC36 approximately 1500 feet west of swt points. Rule 104(c) Switch from service track to track OC34 may be left lined and locked in either position. Tracks other than OC34, OC35 and OC36 are exclusive Procor tracks and are equipped with various derails. Switch- ing on these tracks must only be performed in the presence of a Procor representative who will be responsible for operation of these derails. 7.14 ROPAK INDUSTRIES (Husky Oil) Mile 25.0—Extends 1,120 ft. off of No.1 track. Switch points face west. No equipment is to be stored between switch and derail. 7.15 BRONTE SERVICE TRACK (OC60) Mile 25.9 —Extends 3900 ft. off No. 3 track to mile 26.7. Switch points face east and west. Rule 105 (a) applicable, including all industrial spur tracks leading off of this lead. PETRO-CANADA —Extends off of service track at mile 26.3, switch points face west. All movements must stop at governing signal into acid track OC68 and a member of the crew must call local 2024 for permission to enter and then must only proceed on a green signal. Movement on track OC68 east of Refinery must be preceded by a member of the crew and not exceed 3 MPH. Cars must not be left unattended outside the gates on lead. 7.16 APPLEBY SERVICE Mile 27.8 Rule 104(c) Switch to track OC82 (Smurfit Paper) may be left lined and locked in either position. 7.17 SOUTH SERVICE TRACK Mile 30.8 MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. Rule 105 (a) applicable. 7.18 BEACH Mile 31.8—Extends 0.5 miles southward from south track. Switch points face east. Rule 14 (l) (iv) applies: mile 0.1 (Station Access Rd.) (R- 4891). Rule 105 (a) applicable. All yard tracks (OD34 - OD64) MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 5 MPH. Rule 104(c) The following Yard switches may be left lined and locked in either position: Both ends of OD44 and OD47, OD50, OD60 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 0.1 (Station Access Rd.) warning devices. Stop signs located each side of crossing. Eastward Signal 078 governing movements from the east leg of the spur to the south track Oakville sub. is equipped with a lunar light. As per Rule 402, this indicates a track between the signal, and the track which the signal governs. This signal only governs movements to the Oakville Sub. and does not convey any indication to movements when the switch is lined to the south service track. 7.19 OD70 (HYDRO) Mile 33.0—Switch off the east end of track KA31 (Aldershot Service Track) is to be left lined and locked for "other than normal route".(Yellow target). OAKVILLE SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 34 January 1st, 2005 7.20 ALDERSHOT LEAD TRACK KA31 Mile 33.3 to Mile 35.3— Track KA31 is to be left clear of equipment and must not be used for storing cars unless authorized by RTC. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 33.31 (King Rd.) warning devices. Timing circuit extends from dwarf signal 334D to the crossing. When no movement is detected for a period of 40 secs, crossing protection will time out, Crossing protection will restart when movement is again detected. 7.21 ALDERSHOT YARD Mile 34.6— When setting off cars in Aldershot yard track KA31, such cars must be left EAST of the crossover between KA31 and KA32. Trains lifting or setting off at Aldershot must not pull their train through tracks KA-34 to KA-39. Trains are to use tracks KA-31, KA-32, or KA-33 if clear. When setting off cars in tracks KA32 or KA33, cars must be left clear of the road crossing at the west end. Rule 112 -Handbrakes to a maximum of one (1) to be applied to the WEST end of cars left on tracks KA-34 to KA-39 incl. Radio -All movements within Aldershot Yard including trains lifting/setting off, will utilize CN CH 5 (17 17) for all radio communications. SELF RESTORING DERAIL NOTE: This derail is not placed into non-derailling position automatically at any time. A stop is always required to place it into the non-derailling position. In addition, the position of this derail is not reflected in any way on the CTC signals governing movements into and out of Aldershot yard. Operation of this self restoring derail is as follows: 1 -Movement must stop prior to passing stop signs which are located 100 ft. from the derail in each direction. 2 - Open the door to the control box and push "Reverse" button. 3 -The derail will move to the non-derailing position. 4 - If the derail fails to completely move to the non-derailing position, then the derail must be operated by hand.(see below) 5 - A proceed signal may then be given to proceed. 6 - Close and lock the control box. NOTE: If after moving the derail to the non-derailing position and the movement will not occupy the track circuit, the derail must be restored to the derailing position by pushing the button marked "Normal". Close and lock box. SELF RESTORING FEATURE After occupying the track circuit, and when the entire movement is clear of the derail, the derail will automatically restore to derailing position. An automated radio broadcast will then be initiated on CH01 stating that the derail has been restored to derailing position. Upon hearing this message, the crew of the movement which has passed over the derail may consider Rule 104.5 (c) as being complied with. If the message is not heard, the RTC must be advised and the crew of the movement which has passed over the derail is responsible to ascertain by other means that the derail has been restored to derailing position. TIME TABLE No. 59 OAKVILLE SUB. January 1st, 2005 35 TRACK UNITS OPERATING AS TRAINS UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A CONDUCTOR OR TRACK UNITS OPERATING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A FOREMAN 1 - Movement must stop prior to passing stop signs which are located 100 ft. from the derail in each direction. 2 - Open the the control box and push "Reverse" button. 3 - The derail will move to the non-derailing position. 4 - Movement of track unit(s) may then move over the derail 5 - When all movements have cleared the derail circuit, push the "Normal" button to restore the derail to derailing position. 6 - Close and lock door to the control box. If at any time the self restoring derail must be operated and/ or restored by hand, employees will be governed by the instructions for hand operation posted at the control box. Such must be reported to the RTC and the Yard Coordinator at Oakville. 7.22 WYE(Cowpath) Mile 37.3 (Hamilton Jct.) extends northward off north track connecting to south track Dundas Sub. at mile 0.4. CTC controlled by RTC Toronto. Rule 49 applicable on this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH.

7.23 OAKVILLE-GRIMSBY CONNECTING TRACK Mile 37.6—Extends from signal 376S mile 37.6 Oakville Sub. (Hamilton Jct. ) to signal 436N mile 43.6 Grimsby Sub. at Hamilton. Rule 105 (a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH.

7.24 SOUTHERN ONTARIO RAILWAY (SOR) HAMILTON AA YARD Mile 38.9 - Interchange with SOR Rule 105 (a) Applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. Rule 104C - All Yard switches (including connecting track) may be left lined and locked in either position. CN trains lifting and setting out will contact the Southern Ont. Railway yard engine on CN channel 4 for instructions. If there is no response then the CN crew is to contact the CN TRS- RTC in Toronto for instructions. Tracks AA01 & AA02 are designated for traffic to CN and for CN block swaps. Tracks AA03 & AA 04 are designated for traffic to and from the S.O.R. Trains will access AA01 - AA04 from the Oakville-Grimsby Connecting Track using the First (1st) (No. 1) Crossover only. (Closest to the Yard Lead). Through trains are not to tie up on tracks AA03-AA04. Eastward Trains operating on the Oakville-Grimsby Connect- ing Track to the Grimsby Subdivision must not foul James Street Switch MP 39.3 unless authorized to proceed onto the Grimsby Subdivision.

Equipment Restrictions: All six-axle units are prohibited from operating on tracks other than AA01 - AA04 inclusive. RESTRICTED CLEARANCES Track AA13 - North side - building and lights. Track AB32 - South and Overhead - Building and platform Track AA30 - West end - Overhead - wires OAKVILLE SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 36 January 1st, 2005

8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Location Obstruction Side of Track or Overhead 8.1 Mile 2.4 Mile 2.7 Mile 2.8 Bridges Overhead Mile 3.0 Mile 5.7 8.2 Tracks M211 Platform and building South and and M213 overhead 8.3 Mimico Track M648 Shelter Overhead

8.4 Track M359 Building South

8.5 Mile 9.27 Mile 9.3 Bridges Overhead Mile 11.6 8.6 Port Credit Staley Co., all tracks Building, doors, platforms Both 8.7 Oakville Track OH46 Platform West 8.8 Tracks OH36 Canopy and platform East and and OH37 overhead 8.9 Track OH40 Door and platform East and overhead 8.10 Ford Motor Co. all tracks and CGE tracks OH68 Doors and platforms Both and OH69 8.11 Mile 21.9 Signal bridge Overhead 8.12 Procor Ltd., all tracks Doors and cranes Both Track OC34 Signal box Side 8.13 Bronte Track OC82 Door and platform South and overhead 8.14 Mile 36.4 Signal Bridge Overhead Mile 36.7

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES 9.1 Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 0.0 and mile 39.3. Eastward movements and westward movements must be inspected at mile 14.0 and at mile 33.0. TIME TABLE No. 59 DUNDAS SUB. January 1st, 2005 37 DUNDAS SUBDIVISION W E METHOD OF CONTROL METHOD OFNUMBER TRACKS MILE LIMITS DOB/TGBO ZONE(S)SWITCHING DTMF STANDBY RTC CHANNELS / DRAGGING HOT BOX EQUIPMENT DETECTORS BAYVIEW 0.0 0.0 0.0 CH8 Jct. With Oakville Sub. *5 HAMILTON WEST 0.4 470# COPETOWN WEST 10.9 CH8T2 15.8 MASSEYS 21.0 BRANT. JCT. 22.2 CH2 22.7

SIMPSON TGBO / DOB *5 Jct. With RailLink Hagersville Sub. 410# BRANTFORD 23.0 HARDY 24.9 CH 2 27.7 PARIS JCT. 30.9 (T2) PARIS WEST 32.6 2 34.0 40.0

CTC BLAIN 45.1 WOODSTOCK 49.6 CH2 CAREW 50.8 *5 + TGBO 53.2 INGERSOLL 59.0 400# LIHOU 61.6 CH2 67.1 FRAUTS 74.0 74.0 (T1) HIGHBURY 75.5 CH8 LONDON EAST 76.5 *5 LONDON JCT. 76.7 430#

Jct. With GEXR Guelph Sub. / TGBO DOB MCLEOD 77.5 CH8 LONDON 78.2 78.2 78.2 (T1) SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURES CTC between Bayview and London Mtce. Of Way Channels Mile 0.0 - 10.9 (CH 81) Mile 10.9 - 21.0 (CH 82) Mile 21.0 - 55.0 (CH 81) Mile 55.0 - 78.2 (CH 82)

DUNDAS SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES

CTC SPECIAL FEATURES 1.1 Mile 9.43—Track DB40 east end off south track. Note: Derail on track DB40 east end interconnected to affect the signal system when placed in non derailing position. 1.2 Switching Signals Be governed by Rule 573(c)(ii) Brantford—Signals—Signals 228D and 227D. Paris Jct.— Signals—Signals 309D and 310. 1.3 BRANTFORD CROSSOVER No. 1 MILE 22.9 Crossover No. 1 from north track to Brantford yard track BA52 (Graveyard) will self restore to normal (main track) when incoming or outgoing movements have cleared the signal plant. Track units operating as a train under the direction of a Conductor, OR Track units operating under the direction of a Fore- man, (Operating Manual Section 3 of "TRACK UNITS) Movement THROUGH these crossover switches must not be made until switches have been placed in "hand" position and lined for the route to be used. Switches must not be placed back in power position until movement has cleared the switch points of BOTH switches of the crossover. DUNDAS SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 38 January 1st, 2005 RULE 564 Trains required to operate THROUGH these crossover switches in accordance with rule 564 will be governed by Rule 104.2(c) (hand position) at all times. Note: The above instructions only apply to movements THROUGH the crossover when reversed.

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.4 Rule 13— Engine bell must be rung continuously between the hours of 0600 and 2200 between mile 0.0 and mile 0.7. 1.5 Rule 14(l)(iv) applicable at: —Woodstock between mile 48.0 and mile 51.0. (B.T.C. 82818). — Ingersoll between mile 58.0 and mile 59.9 between the hours of 2300 and 0600, except for public crossing at grade, mile 59.5 (McKeand St.) which is not protected. (B.T.C. 59950). — London between mile 68.0 and mile 78.2 (B.T.C. 112583 ,700/A/6, and By-law 43-94). 1.6 Rule 102— Applicable at: Dundas Sub. mile: CP Rail Hamilton Sub. mile: 0.4 to 0.6 60.7 to 60.9 CP CH 82(47-47) 1.7 Rule 104(c)— The following yard switches may be left lined and locked in either position: Paris - Both ends Tracks DF66 and DF67. 1.8 Rule 107 Special Instruction (1) Applicable: As found in Divisional Data.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 Designated Tie-up Tracks Unattended Locomotives Paris Jct. — DF42. London E. — BL08, BL09, CL11 and CL50. 2.2 Hardy —Train crews are prohibited from detraining to obtain refreshments or food from local establishments when stopped at Hardy mile 24.9. 2.3 Paris —Blue boxes have been placed north of north siding near Signals 310 and 325S for storage of hazard forms and journals. RTC must be advised of location of documents and journal must show track in which cars have been set off. 2.4 Ingersoll —Movements must not clear the main track at switch mile 59.02 north track unless permission has been recieved from the RTC.

3 INTERLOCKINGS 3.1 Railway crossing at grade CAREW Mile 50.8 ...... CP Rail St. Thomas Sub Remotely Controlled by CN RTC Toronto Rule 564/610 applicable for trains. Rule 839 applicable for track units. Psgr Frt MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 50 45

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight 286,000 lbs. 4.2 Units in locomotive groups F, G, H, must not be operated on industrial spurs without authority. TIME TABLE No. 59 DUNDAS SUB. January 1st, 2005 39 5 SPEEDS 5.1 General (a) 80T applies to Freight Trains exceeding 80 Tons per operative Brake. 100T applies to freight trains exceeding 8000ft. and 100 tons per operative brake. Tons per operative brake as indicated on the WOPRT, or gross tonnage divided by the number of cars. (b) Speeds approaching signals applicable unless or until it can be determined that such signal is displaying a more favorable indication than RESTRICTING or CLEAR TO STOP. (c) *Not marked with speed restriction signs. (d) RoadRailer as defined in Divisional Data. 5.2 SPEEDS - Westward MPH

Mile

From To Passenger RoadRailer Freight 0.0 to 0.5 zone 30 30 25 0.5 to 4.8 zone 60 60 50 4.8 to 18.3 zone 90 70 65 8.9 to 9.1 30 30 30 14.1 to 14.9 80 18.3 to 32.9 zone 80 70 65 18.6 bridge 60 60 40 22.3 to 23.5 35 35 35 29.6 to 30.8 40 40 40 32.9 to 75.8 zone 85 70 65 50.8 Over diamond 50 50 45 58.9 until crossing occupied 70 75.8 to 77.5 zone 70 70 65 76.5 westward approaching signal 765N/S 55 50 80 T trains 40 100 T trains 35 77.5 to 78.2 zone 50 50 50 5.3 SPEEDS - Eastward

78.2 to 77.5 zone 50 50 50 76.8 eastward approaching signal 766N/S 100 T trains 30 77.5 to 75.8 zone 70 70 65 75.8 to 32.9 zone 85 70 65 58.9 until crossing occupied 70 50.8 Over diamond 50 50 45 32.9 to 18.3 zone 80 70 65 30.8 to 29.6 40 40 40 25.0 eastward approaching signal 250N/S 80T trains 55 100T trains 45 23.5 to 22.3 35 35 35 18.6 bridge 60 60 40 18.3 to 10.1 zone 90 70 65 14.9 to 14.1 80 10.1 to 4.8 zone 90 60 40 9.1 to 8.9 30 30 30 4.8 to 0.5 zone 60 60 50 2.0 eastward approaching signal 020N/S 80T trains 45 100T trains 35 0.5 to 0.0 zone 30 30 25 0.5 eastward approaching signal 006N/S 80 T and 100T trains 15 DUNDAS SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 40 January 1st, 2005 5.2 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS Mile MPH *18.6 Heavy Axle Load Trains on Bridge . . . 30 27.14 (Power Line Rd.) all switching movements over crossing in either direction on south track until crossing occupied ...... 5 *30.1 Heavy Axle Load Trains on Bridge . . . 20 *72.2 Heavy Axle Load Trains on Bridge . . . 20 76.44 (Egerton St.) Eastward movements on south track crossing over to north track at London Jct. until crossing occupied . . 30 77.5 to 78.2 Psgr. trains on Station track AL01 45 * until the last Heavy Axle Load car clears the bridge.

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 On all tracks other than main tracks - Rule 103.1 (f) (Rusty Rail Conditions) applicable at all public crossings at grade equipped with automatic warning devices. 6.2 Mile 10.83 (Orkney Side Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: Westward movements complying with Rule 564, must be manually protected. 6.3 Mile 13.91 (Main St.) warning devices. Automatic: Main Tracks—Movements stopping to switch will cut train within 300 feet of crossing and other movements which have stopped within 300 feet of crossing, must operate lower push-button at corner of crossing. 6.4 Mile 24.98 (Hardy Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: Eastward movements complying with Rule 564 must be manually protected. 6.5 Mile 30.73 (Market St.) warning devices. Automatic: Westward movements when complying with Rule 564 must be manually protected. Timing circuits extend east 300 ft.from crossing. Westward movements receiving a STOP indication on signals west of crossing must stop with engine or leading car on timing circuit. Eastward movements making a reverse movement must clear the crossing and proceed westward only when signal west of crossing indicates proceed. 6.6 Mile 49.09 (Norwich Ave. Pedestrian). warning devices. Automatic: — Track DG 70 - Stop signs located on both sides of crossing. Cars must not be left standing within 200 ft. of crossing. 6.7 Mile 50.68 (Ingersoll Rd. - Cnty. Rd. 9) warning devices. Automatic: —Westward movements stopped by interlocking signals 507N or 507S must stop clear of crossing circuit sign located 120 ft. East of crossing. 6.8 Mile 58.89 (Thames St.).warning devices. Automatic: — Eastward movements stopping at Station must stop clear of crossing circuit sign located 150 ft. west of of crossing. 6.9 Mile 59.51 (McKeand St.) warning devices. Automatic: Tracks DM60, DM61 and DM70 stop signs located on both sides of crossing. Stop signs for tracks DM60 and DM61 are located south of track DM61 Cars must not be left standing within 150 feet on either side of crossing (B.T.C. 56262) 6.10 Mile 61.44 (Waterwork Rd.) warning devices. Automatic:—Westward movements at signal 615N or 615S must stop clear of crossing circuit sign located 150 ft. east of crossing. 6.11 Mile 75.35 (Hale St.) warning devices. Automatic: Westward movements on south track complying with Rule 564 must be manually protected. Reclaim Yard Lead—Eastward movements must operate push-button located west of crossing. 6.12 Mile 76.84 (Rectory St.) warning devices. Automatic: Eastward movements on all tracks complying with Rule 564 must be manually protected. TIME TABLE No. 59 DUNDAS SUB. January 1st, 2005 41 6.13 Mile 77.36 (William St.) warning devices. Automatic: Equipment must not be left standing within 50 feet on east side of this crossing. (B.T.C. 21289). Westward movements on all tracks complying with Rule 564, must be manually protected. 6.14 Mile 77.66 (Colborne St.) warning devices. Automatic: Eastward movements on all tracks complying with Rule 564 must be manually protected.

7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 WYE TRACK(Cowpath) Mile 0.4—Extends southward off south track connecting to north track of Oakville Sub. at mile 37.3. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH. 7.2 COPETOWN Mile 9.5— RULE 112 Triple the handbrake requirements per car category as outlined in Rule 112 (ii) chart, on tracks: DB40, DB44, and DB47. 7.3 BURFORD SPUR Mile 22.2— Extends 3.7 miles westward off of south track. Switch points face East. Rule 105 (a) applicable on this spur and all tracks leading off of this spur. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS: Heaviest car permitted - 263,000 pounds unless authorized by General Manager. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE: Maximum Speeds over Public Crossings at Grade until crossings fully occupied Mile 0.0 to mile 1.14 ...... 5 MPH. Mile 0.62 (Chatham Street) - Switching movements must be manually protected. (B.T.C. 67143) Mile 0.81 (Darling Street) - Warning devices - Automatic: Stop signs located both sides of crossing. Traffic signals controlled by track circuits. White light, located south east angle of crossing will flash when traffic signals at STOP. Crews must observe that light is flashing before occupying the crossing. If light does not flash, movement must be manually protected. Mile 0.87 (Dalhousie Street) - Warning devices - Auto- matic: Stop signs located both sides of crossing. Mile 0.94 (Colborne Street) - Stop signs both sides of crossing. Crew member will operate toggle switch located in box on pole at either side of crossing. White lights, located southwest of intersection will flash when safe for movements through intersection. When movement is completed, operate toggle switch and lock control box. If light does not flash, movement must be manually protected. Mile 1.09 (Greenwich St. Extension) - Warning Devices Automatic: All movements must stop at stop sign and must not proceed until the white stobe light is flashing. If strobe does not flash, movement must be manually protected. T H & B SPUR BD40 Extends 1.4 miles eastward from mile 1.14 Burford Spur, and westward 0.5 miles to mile 21.43 LE&N Spur. Switch is in normal position when lined for movements to the T H & B Spur. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE: Rule 103.1 (f) (Rusty Rail Conditions) applicable at all public crossings at grade protected by automatic warning devices Entering all public crossings at grade until crossing fully occupied ...... 5 MPH. All movements must stop prior to entering the following public crossings at grade: Mile 62.10 (Port St.) - Mile 62.57 (Market St.) DUNDAS SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 42 January 1st, 2005 Mile 62.40 (Newport St. Extension) - Warning Devices Automatic: All movements must stop at stop sign and must not proceed until automatic warning devices have been operating for at least 20 secs. RESTRICTED CLEARANCES not marked or indicated by Re- stricted Clearance Signs: Track BD41, 42 - Ingenia Polymers.Obstructed by pillars - side and overhead. LE & N SPUR BD30 Extends northward 1.8 miles from switch connecting to the T H & B Spur at mile 21.43 L E & N Spur. Switch is in normal position when lined for movements to and from the L E & N Spur. Spur is equipped with milepost markers. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS: Care must be taken when handling cars 50 feet or longer on tracks with curvature. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE: Maximum Speeds over all Public Crossings at Grade until crossings fully occupied...... 5 MPH All movements must stop prior to entering the following public crossings at grade: Mile 19.6 (Grand River Ave.) - Mile 20.01 (Morrell St.) Mile 20.26 (St. Paul Ave.) S.C. Johnson Wax - Track BD30-31 Cars must be spotted as close to the stop blocks as possible.

Rule 112 - Handbrakes must be applied on every car.

7.4 RAILINK HAGERSVILLE SUB Mile 22.7 - Jct. CN crews operating between Simpson mile 35.0 and mile 30.0 will be governed by the following: Must have accessible and be governed by the current Southern Ontario Railway Time table, or applicable portion, governing the Hagersville Sub. Must be in possession of the current SOR (Southern Ontario Railway) DOB obtainable at Brantford Yard Office. Must obtain an OCS Clearance from the Rail America Train Dispatcher. 1-877-246-4513 ex. 2. Must have accessible and be governed by the SOR Hagersville Sub. information package. Air Brakes—Movements addressed as "ENGINE" on operating authorities will operate under the provisions of "Trans- fer Movement Brake test "G.O.I item 7.10(b) (No brake test required when speeds will not exceed 15 MPH) except that air must be applied through out the entire consist at all times. Such movements will not require a TIBS unit. Mile 34.4 - BLASTECH Track FE-61 Rule 112 - In the application of Rule 112, one handbrake only is to be applied to the South end car.

7.5 BRANTFORD YARD Mile 23.0 - Interchange with RaiLink. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. Yard crews radio channel - CN01 Designated Tie-up Tracks Unattended Locomotives- Tracks BA 37. Rule 104(b) - Crossover No.1 from North Track CN Dundas Sub. to Yard Track BA52 (Graveyard). Be governed by instructions contained in section 1 of Dundas Subdivision Footnotes, "CTC special Features”. Rule 104(c) - All Yard switches may be left lined and locked in either position: Rule 112 - Double the Handbrake requirement per car category as outlined in Rule 112(ii), chart on the following tracks: BA47 to BA52 Rule 568 - Permission must be obtained from RTC before opening switch leading from north track to track BA 52 West of Brantford Yard. TIME TABLE No. 59 DUNDAS SUB. January 1st, 2005 43 7.6 PARIS SERVICE TRACKS Mile 30.9 Extending from Paris Jct. to Paris West. North - 7230 ft. South - 6620 ft. Rule 105 (a) applicable. Equipment must not be left on these tracks without the authorization of the RTC. North Service Track - Access to tracks DF33, DF40, and DF42 is eastward, through the Paris Jct. controlled location at signal 310, or through the wye tracks. Movements to or from track DF47 (east leg of wye) is via a hand operated switch within the Paris Jct. controlled location. Permission must be obtained from the RTC if entering the controlled location from track DF47. To obtain a permissive indication on signal 309D for movements to DF47, open switch and press "clear" button. Entire movement must clear block end sign before returning switch to normal position. If movement is not made, signal 309D must be cancelled using the "cancel" button. 7.7 WOODSTOCK TRACK DG 70 Mile 48.1—Extends 4881 ft.connecting back to North track at mile 49.2. PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE Mile 49.09 (Norwich Ave. Pedestrian). warning devices. Stop signs located both sides of crossing. Cars must not be left within 200 ft. of crossing. 7.8 BEACHVILLE LIME Mile 55.5—Employees are prohibited from detraining on south side of track DK81 west of track DK62 switch. Track DK 40 - Restricted overhead clearance at bridge not marked with restricted clearance signs. Cars exceeding 17 ft. in height must not be handled under bridge. 7.9 LONDON EAST Mile 76.5—Yard MAXIMUM SPEED Tracks CL11 to CL24 ...... 10 MPH. Rule 112 - Hand brakes to a maximum of 4, when available, to be applied at the west end of tracks: CL01 to CL24 with the exception of track CL11 (max 2 handbrakes ) Rule 104(c) - The following Yard switches may be left lined and locked in either position: Both sets of switches connecting CL01 and CL67 leads located between Highbury Ave. Overpass and Hale St. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE BACK WAY LEAD TRACKS - Mile 0.39 (Rectory St.)—All movements must be manually protected (B.T.C. 54026). 7.10 GEXR GUELPH SUB. Mile 76.7—Junction - Operation for CN extends 1.1 miles from London Jct. to mile 118.8. All CN special instructions and General Operating Instructions applicable. OCS controlled by Rail America RTC North Bay by telephone only 1-877-246-4513 ex. 2 GEXR Radio standby Ch. - GEXR CH1 ----AAR 13 13 CN Employees required to operate on this track, in addition to an OCS clearance, must be in possession of a current GEXR DOB which will be available at London East Yard Office. Rule 14(l) (iv) applies: - In the city of London, mile 117.3 to mile 119.9 (R-25027) Heaviest car permitted ...... 263,000 Lbs. Max. Speeds Mile 118.8 to 119.5 ...... 35 MPH 119.5 to 119.9 ...... 15 MPH CP Interchange Mile 119.4 - Extends 0.9 miles north, switch points face west. Maximum speed (R20795)...... 10 MPH Mile 119.2 east leg of Wye DL04 ...... 5 MPH 119.4 west leg of Wye DL05 ...... 5 MPH Operation east of Mile 118.8 is governed by the GEXR Time table and is prohibited for CN Crews without authorization from the General manager of the GEXR. DUNDAS SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 44 January 1st, 2005 7.11 LONDON STATION TRACKS Mile 78.2—3 tracks numbered from the north AL01, AL02, and AL03, known as Station Tracks Nos 1, 2, and 3. GF 636, GF 638, EF 640, EF 644 and MF 32 class units must not be operated on these tracks. Frt. movements must not be operated over station tracks without authorization from a company supervisor. Movements handling dimensional loads of D1R or greater must not operate via station tracks. Employees must not ride on sides of cars or engines operating upon these tracks. (B.T.C. 51561). Track AL01 - Signalled Track - CTC controlled by RTC Toronto. Extends between signal 774 Mcleod, and signal 01D1 Ridout. Rule 49 applicable on this track. Mile 77.8 - BURWELL ST. Controlled location on track AL01 with Westward turnout to tracks AL02, and AL03. Eastward movements, proceeding on Station Track No. 1, after having been stopped by a stop signal at signal 778D Burwell St., or movements entering Station Track No. 1 from Station Track No. 2 at signal 778D1 Burwell St. must not exceed 30 MPH until Colbourne St. public crossing mile 77.66 fully occupied. Track AL02 (Non signalled track) Extends between signal 778D1 at Burwell St. and signal 01D2 at Ridout. Exeption derails located at both ends. Track AL03 (Non signalled track) Extends between hand operated switch mile 77.94 at the East end of Track AL02. to signal 01D3 Ridout. Permission from the RTC must be obtained to enter this track. Switch is normal when lined for No. 2 station track. Hand Operated Switch Ridout A hand operated switch allowing access to either track AL02 or AL03 is located within the Ridout controlled location just east of Dual control switch No.9. Switch is normal when lined and locked for track AL02. Eastward movements signalled from Ridout and instructed to use track AL03 must stop short of this switch and line it for track AL03. Switch must be returned to normal when movement has cleared the switch. Westward movements exiting track AL03 will not get a permissive signal at 01D3 until the switch is manually lined for track AL03. Permission must be obtained from the RTC prior to lining the switch, and the switch must be returned to normal position after the movement has cleared the switch. All movements operating under Rule 564 authority to or from track AL03 must in addition, manually line this switch and return it to normal position after the movement has cleared the switch.

8 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES 8.1 WESTWARD MOVEMENTS: Must be inspected at mile 15.8 and at mile 67.1; Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 0.0 and mile 6.0 and between mile 73.0 and mile 78.2; Unless inspected at mile 40.0, do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 46 and mile 51. 8.2 EASTWARD MOVEMENTS: Must be inspected at mile 40.0 and mile 15.8; Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 78.2 and mile 73.0 and between mile 6.0 and mile 0.0; Unless inspected at mile 67.1, do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 51 and mile 46. TIME TABLE No. 59 STRATHROY SUBDIVISION January 1st, 2005 45 STRATHROY SUBDIVISION W E METHOD CONTROL OF NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE DOB/TGBO LIMITS ZONE(S)SWITCHING DTMF RTC STANDBY CHANNELS DRAGGING HOT BOX / EQUIPMENT DETECTORS LONDON 0.0 0.0 0.0 RIDOUT 0.2 7.2 KOMOKA 9.8 9.8 2 Jct. With Chatham Sub. + MELROSE 12.2 POPLAR 14.8 CH 8 19.5 STRATHROY 20.0 *5 1 SCHOOL RD. 22.7 430# 2 KERWOOD 25.7 30.7 WATFORD 33.2 1 WATFORD WEST 35.4 CH8 DOB/TGBO DOB/TGBO

CTC 2 WANSTEAD 41.4 41.4 T1 WYOMING 45.3 1 47.5 MANDAUMIN 51.0 BLACKWELL 55.6 2 MODELAND 56.3 CH7 SARNIA YARD 57.2 *5 1 MACGREGOR 57.9 426# SARNIA 58.9 2 HOBSON 59.2 CH7

1 PORT HURON 61.7 61.7 61.7 T1 Jct. With Flint Sub. SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURES CTC between London and Port Huron Mtce. Of Way Radio Channels Mile 0.0 to 32.6 - CH 82 Mile 32.6 to 61.7 - CH 81

STRATHROY SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES

1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES OPERATING BULLETINS 1.1 SWITCHING SIGNALS Be governed by Rule 573(c)(ii) Modeland—Signals 563S and 564S MacGregor—Signals 581S1 , 582S, and 583D SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.2 Rule 14(l)(iv) —at London between mile 0.0 and mile 4.1, (B.T.C. 112583). —Mile 10.67 (Komoka Rd.) (By-Law 2002-080). —Mile 10.95 Oxbow Rd.) (By-Law 2002-080). —at Strathroy between mile 18.69 (Carrol St.) and mile 21.2 between the hours of 2300 and 0600 (B.T.C. 59488). 1.3 Rule 119(a) - In the application of this rule, the designated END TO END standby channel between Blackwell and Port Huron is CNCH6. 1.4 Rule 102— Applicable at: Strathroy Sub. mile: CP Windsor Sub mile: Mile 5.2 to 6.1 4.9 to 5.8 CP CH 1 (91-91)

1.5 Rule 104.2 and Rule 564 Port Huron/Hobson - Move- ments operating under Rule 564 authority at the following signals will be governed by Rule 104.2 at the Dual Control split rail derails indicated. Eastward signals 3340T1, 3340T2, 3340T3, 3340T4, or westward signal 617 - Derail located at mile 334.2 Flint Sub. Westward signals 591D from "C" Yard lead, and 591S2 from "C1" lead - Derails located at mile 59.1 STRATHROY SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 46 January 1st., 2005 Rule 104.2 Track Units, Port Huron/Hobson - Track units operating under the direction of a conductor or Track Units under the direction of a Foreman must be governed as follows prior to moving over dual control split rail derail mile 334.2 Flint Sub., dual control split rail derails mile 59.1 Strathroy Sub., and dual control switch to Point Edward Spur mile 59.3. The Conductor or Foreman must operate these switches in "hand" position and not restore them to the "power" position until all track units have moved off the switch. 1.6 Rule 107 Sarnia - In the application of Rule 107, scheduled stops for passenger trains at Sarnia will be made on the NORTH track only. 1.7 Rule 577 - Applicable entire Sub.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 PORT HURON - EASTBOUND TRAIN INSPECTIONS Eastbound trains at Port Huron will be inspected prior to entering the Sarnia Port Huron Tunnel. Inspections will occur at either Tappan or Port Huron by either Michigan Zone or GL District crews. If such inspection does not occur at either Tappan or Port Huron, roll-by will be performed by the incoming CNIC crew, who will remain on duty 45 mins after their arrival at MacGregor to perform such inspection. Results of such inspections will be conveyed to the outgoing crew by means of radio communication, a Cabooseless Train Inspection Report, or other suitable form which will be filled in by the incoming Michigan Zone Crew. If unable to be inspected as per above, outgoing train crew will perform such inspection at MacGregor. 2.2 HOBSON - PORT HURON Air Brakes must be in service on all movements in the tunnel.

2.3 TUNNEL CONTROL SYSTEM a) The Tunnel Lighting System is normally left in off position, a request from an employee may be made to the RTC to have the lights turned on. It should be noted that it takes several minutes for lights to attain full power. Bridges and Building personnel also have the ability to turn lights on or off from their control station. b) The Tunnel Ventilation Fan System is operational after occu- pation of the tunnel by a train. If a train travels slowly or stops in the tunnel, the fans will automatically start blowing against the direction of the train's passage. Other employees may request that the RTC turn maintenance fans on or off. Bridges and Building personnel also have the ability to turn fans on or off from their control station. c) The Tunnel Control Systems will prevent pumps from being turned on should a toxic gas or toxic spill be detected.

2.4 TUNNEL EMERGENCY PROCEDURES In the event of an Emergency in the Tunnel, the following procedures must be followed: 1. When a movement is stopped by an emergency application of air brakes entering, or exiting the tunnel, an employee must initiate an emergency call, giving identification and location, stating that the movement is stopped in emergency. 2. Crew members on movements disabled within the tunnel must immediately contact the RTC Toronto and be governed by instructions received. 3. In the event a movement is stopped or disabled within the tunnel, the cause for such stop must be determined and repairs, if necessary, made prior to any further movement being commenced. Every precaution must be taken to prevent unintentional movement. 4. If necessary to perform emergency work under or about such movement, the locomotive engineer must place the automatic brake valve in the emergency position. Such handle must be left in the emergency position until contact has been made with all members of the crew. If a portion of the train is left standing on the grade, hand brakes must be applied to the remaining equipment to prevent it from moving. TIME TABLE No. 59 STRATHROY SUBDIVISION January 1st, 2005 47 5. Should a movement carrying loaded cars, trailers, containers of dangerous goods or tank cars containing residue of dangerous goods become disabled within the tunnel due to an emergency application of the brakes, extreme caution must be exercised. In case of doubt or uncertainty as the presence of hazard, the safe course must be taken and employees must immediately evacuate the tunnel avoiding the hazard area. All documentation pertaining to the movement should accompany the train crew and the RTC Toronto must be advised when members of the crew clear the tunnel. 6. If a train is on fire and must stop in the tunnel, the ventilation system is capable of controlling the direction of smoke travel. The train crew must notify the RTC that fire exists and advise which direction to blow the fans, taking into account the location of the fire and the location of the train in the tunnel. Employees and/or passengers should be directed to evacuate the tunnel in the direction opposite to the fan direction. 7. Employees are responsible to notify RTC Toronto and obtain the necessary authority prior to entering the tunnel. 2.5 TUNNEL SECURITY SYSTEM A tunnel security system is in place to protect against intruders. The system is monitored by the CN Police Regional Communications Centre in Montreal. When an intruder is detected, the Communications Centre will notify the RTC immediately who will prevent all movements in the tunnel until notified by CN police that all persons are clear of the tunnel. 2.6 VEHICLE AND CARGO INSPECTION SYSTEM ( VACIS) Vehicle and Cargo Inspection Systems (VACIS) are located just west of Modeland Rd. Overpass at Mile 56.7, and just west of MacGregor Rd. mile 57.9 These VACIS systems are operated by United States Customs and Border Patrol (CBP) and will scan all Westward freight trains. The CBP inspectors at the site will be in contact with CN crews to ensure proper and safe operations at all times. Instructions for trains requiring VACIS scanning at Sarnia - All Westward freight trains operating on the main track destined through the tunnel will be scanned by the VACIS scanner located at Mile 56.7. The VACIS CBP inspector must be contacted on CN. Ch 6 prior to passing Mandaumin advising of their ETA at the scanner, and ascertain that they will be ready to scan the train upon arrival at the scanner location. If the VACIS CBP inspector cannot be contacted, crews will obtain instructions from the RTC. - All Westward freight trains departing Sarnia Yard via the "A" yard access track at MacGregor will be scanned by the VACIS scanner located at Mile 58.0. Prior to contacting the RTC and requesting the signal to depart, the VACIS CBP inspector must be contacted on CN. Ch 6 to ascertain that they will be ready to scan the train upon arrival at the scanner location. - The train crew must advise the VACIS CBP inspector if employees are present in any trailing locomotives (e.g. deadheading crew) in which the operator will not start the scanning until the engine consist has gone by. In all cases, scanning of the train will not commence until the leading engine has passed the VACIS scanning location. - All trains must maintain a speed of between 5 and 7 MPH while passing the VACIS scanner while in operation. - The VACIS machine has three levels of operation as indicated by three lights on the VACIS machine itself: Green Flashing Light - Indicates that the VACIS machine is not operating. The gamma source is closed. Yellow Flashing Light - Indicates that the VACIS machine is not operating and the gamma source is closed. The VACIS is, however, ready for operation and may be activated by the CBP inspector once safe operation is confirmed. Red Flashing Light - Indicates that the gamma source is open and VACIS screening is taking place. In this case a gamma beam exists between the source in the concrete block enclosure and the detector tower on the other side of the track. - During the scanning process, The VACIS CBP inspector may contact the train crew directly with further instructions as may be required. STRATHROY SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 48 January 1st., 2005 3 INTERLOCKING 3.1 Railway crossing at grade. (Melrose) Mile 12.2 . . CP Rail Windsor Sub...... Automatic. (B.T.C. 66247). Rule 611 applicable for trains (see below). Rule 564 not applicable. Rule 840 applicable for Track Units (see below). Rule 40.3 applicable for track work. MAXIMUM SPEED . . . . . Psgr 50 MPH ...... Frt 35 MPH. CN/CP connecting track from northwest quadrant to CP Windsor Sub. entirely within interlocking limits and controlled by CN RTC. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 25 MPH When a train or engine is required to pass a signal indicating "STOP", they must contact and obtain permission from the CN RTC prior to applying Rule 611 (knife switches). In the application of Rule 611 when required, the waiting time is increased to 10 minutes. In the application of Rule 104.2, when on the north track the RTC will verbally instruct the crew whether the "Dual Control" switch to/from the connecting track "MUST NOT" or "MUST" be placed in hand position and lined for the route to be used. Information pertaining to the handling of the dual control switches must be repeated back and acknowledged by the RTC to ensure correctness. Note: If the dual control switch is to be placed in hand position, the knife switch must be thrown first. Movements destined to CP through the connecting track required to pass a signal indicating stop, in addition to the above instructions, must be in possession of their CP OCS clearance, and a Rule 509 from the CP RTC prior to applying Rule 611. In the application of Rule 611, the knife switch may be closed and the box locked when the movement occupies the connecting track. Track units required to operate through the interlocking must obtain permission from the CP RTC prior to applying Rule 840. CP RTC Phone No. 514-392-5346

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 286,000 lbs.

5 SPEEDS 5.1 General (a) 80T applies to Freight Trains exceeding 80 Tons per operative Brake. 100T applies to freight trains exceeding 8000ft. and 100 tons per operative brake. Tons per operative brake as indicated on the WOPRT, or gross tonnage divided by the number of cars. (b) Speeds approaching signals applicable unless or until it can be determined that such signal is displaying a more favorable indication than RESTRICTING or CLEAR TO STOP. (c) *Not marked with speed restriction signs. TIME TABLE No. 59 STRATHROY SUBDIVISION January 1st, 2005 49 5.2 Speeds Mile MPH

From To Passenger RoadRailer Freight 0.0 to 9.8 zone 90 70 60 0.0 to 0.4 50 50 50 0.3 eastward approaching signal 04N/S 80 T 40 100 T 35 0.4 movements handling loaded ore cars 5 5.0 to 5.9 80 9.8 to 56.5 zone 80 70 60 12.0 to 12.56 westward movements until crossing (Townline Rd) occupied 50 50 50 12.2 50 50 35 55.5 westward approaching signal 555N/S 100 T 50 56.4 westward approaching signal 563N/S 80 T 55 100 T 50 56.5 to 57.6 zone 60 60 60 55.8 to 56.4 South Track 30 30 30 57.4 westward approaching signal 575N/S 80 T 55 100 T 50 57.6 to 59.1 zone NORTH TRACK 45 45 40 57.6 to 58.5 zone SOUTH TRACK 50 50 50 58.5 to 59.1 zone SOUTH TRACK 60 60 60 59.1 to 61.7 zone 60 60 60

5.3 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS Mile MPH 0.0 to 0.2 Psgr. trains on station track AL01 . . . . . 45 0.4 Bridge Loaded Ore cars ...... 5 * 8.5 Bridge Heavy Axle Load Trains ...... 35 * 9.1 Bridge Heavy Axle Load Trains ...... 35 * 10.5 Bridge Heavy Axle Load Trains ...... 40 14.81 Westward movements from north track, until crossing (AberdeenRd.) is occupied...... 45 19.8 Eastward movements stopping west of insulated joints marked by yellow paint, 400 feet west of Caradoc St. and then proceeding over crossing, until crossing occupied. . . . 5 20.19 Westward movements stopped at Strathroy Station until crossing (Richmond St.) occupied...... 30 * 23.5 Bridge Heavy Axle Load Trains South track . . . .20 North track ...... 35 35.35 Eastward movements from north track, until crossing (First School Rd.) is occupied...... 45 41.73 Westward movements from north track, until crossing (Wanstead Rd.) is occupied...... 45 50.97 Eastward movements from north track, until crossing (Mandaumin Rd.) is occupied...... 45 57.90 Westward movements routed from Sarnia Running Track signal 575S until crossing MacGregor Rd.) is occupied...... 35 * Until the last Heavy Axle Load car clears bridge. STRATHROY SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 50 January 1st., 2005 6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 14.81 (Aberdeen Rd. Side Rd. 20) . . . warning devices Automatic:Eastward movements stopping at signal 148 must stop clear of the circuit sign located 200 ft. west of crossing. 6.2 Mile 19.85 (Caradoc St.) Warning devices. Automatic: Timing circuit west of crossing. Extends east of Metcalfe street and crossing circuit sign located approximately 400 feet west of Caradoc St. Eastward trains stopping at Strathroy station must stop clear of the crossing circuit sign. When movement resumes, do not exceed 5 MPH until crossing occupied. 6.3 Mile 20.04 (Metcalfe St.) Warning devices Automatic: Timing circuit east of crossing. Extends east approximately 500 feet to the timing circuit sign. Westward movements stopped at Strathroy station must operate the push button located east of the crossing before proceeding over the crossing. 6.4 Mile 22.70 (School Rd.) Warning devices Automatic: Westward movements stopping at signal 227 must stop clear of the crossing circuit sign 200 ft. east of crossing. 6.5 Mile 35.35 (First School Rd. ) Warning devices Automatic: Westward movements stopping at signal 355 must stop clear of the crossing circuit sign 200 ft. east of crossing. 6.6 Mile 50.97 (Mandaumin Rd. 26) Warning devices Automatic: Westward movements stopping at signal 509 must stop clear of the crossing circuit sign 200 ft. east of crossing. 6.7 Mile 55.53 (Blackwell Sd. Rd.. ) Warning devices Automatic: Westward movements stopping at signal 555N or S must stop clear of the crossing circuit sign 120 ft. east of signal 7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS

7.1 Rule 103.1 (f) (Rusty Rail Conditions) applicable at all Public Crossings at Grade protected by Automatic Warning Devices on all tracks other than Main track. 7.2 LONDON STATION TRACKS Mile 0.1—3 tracks numbered from the north AL01, AL02, and AL03, known as Station Tracks Nos 1, 2, and 3. GF 636, GF 638, EF 640, EF 644 and MF 32 class units must not be operated on these tracks. Frt. movements must not be operated over station tracks without uthorization from a company supervisor. Movements handling dimensional loads of D1R or greater must not operate via station tracks. Employees must not ride on sides of cars or engines operating upon these tracks. (B.T.C. 51561). Track AL01 - Signalled Track - CTC controlled by RTC Toronto. Extends between signal 774 Mcleod, and signal 01D1 Ridout. Rule 49 applicable on this track. Mile 77.8 - BURWELL ST. Controlled location on track AL01 with Westward turnout to tracks AL02, and AL03. Eastward movements, proceeding on Station Track No. 1, after having been stopped by a stop signal at signal 778D Burwell St., or movements entering Station Track No. 1 from Station Track No. 2 at signal 778D1 Burwell St. must not exceed 30 MPH until Colbourne St. public crossing mile 77.66 fully occupied. Track AL02 (Non signalled track) Extends between signal 778D1 at Burwell St. and signal 01D2 at Ridout. Exeption derails located at both ends. Track AL03 (Non signalled track) Extends between hand operated switch mile 77.94 at the East end of Track AL02. to signal 01D3 Ridout. Permission from the RTC must be obtained to enter this track. Switch is normal when lined for No. 2 station track. TIME TABLE No. 59 STRATHROY SUBDIVISION January 1st, 2005 51 Hand Operated Switch Ridout A hand operated switch allowing access to either track AL02 or AL03 is located within the Ridout controlled location just east of Dual control switch No.9. Switch is normal when lined and locked for track AL02. Eastward movements signalled from Ridout and instructed to use track AL03 must stop short of this switch and line it for track AL03. Switch must be returned to normal when movement has cleared the switch. Westward movements exiting track AL03 will not get a permissive signal at 01D3 until the switch is manually lined for track AL03. Permission must be obtained from the RTC prior to lining the switch, and the switch must be returned to normal position after the movement has cleared the switch. All movements operating under Rule 564 authority to or from track AL03 must in addition, manually line this switch and return it to normal position after the movement has cleared the switch. 7.3 ILDERTON Mile 4.1—Extends 1.6 miles north off north track. Switch points face east. Rule 105 (a) applicable. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Units in locomotive groups E, F, G and H prohibited. Unrestricted dimensional loads may be handled.

7.4 STRATHROY SERVICE TRACK Mile 19.9—Extends 8120 ft. west. Rule 105 (a) applicable. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Stop signs located on both sides of the following crossings: Mile 20.04 (Metcalfe street) Warning devices . Automatic: Track SA57, SA61 & Strathroy Service track. Mile 20.19 (Richmond street) Warning devices Automatic: Tracks SA67 & Strathroy Service track.. Mile 20.29 (Oxford street) Warning devices: Automatic. Mile 20.39 (Victoria street) Warning devices: Automatic. 7.5 KERWOOD SERVICE TRACK Mile 25.7 - Extends 4110 Ft. West off of North track. Rule 105 (a) applicable. Access to this track is via a hand operated switch within the signal plant at Kerwood. Normal position for this switch is when set for the diverging route i.e. North track to single track. Movements required to use this track will be governed by the following: EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 6-axle units are restricted from operating within the extreme curvature on Track SB31 at Kerwood. If necessary to switch this location with a 6 axle unit in the consist, sufficient reachers must be used to ensure the 6-axle unit does not enter the curve. To enter: Movement must stop at signal 257N, and receive permission from the RTC. A member of the crew will then reverse the hand throw switch and be governed by indication on signal 257N. Note: While occupying the service track, switch may be left lined and locked in either position if authorized to do so by the RTC. If switch is to be normalled, it must not be normalled until the movement has cleared the controlled location. To exit: If switch is reversed, movement will be governed by signal 258N. If switch has been normalled, permission from the RTC must be obtained to enter the North track. When permission has been granted, switch may be reversed and movement governed by signal 258N. Switch must then be left lined and locked for normal position. Equipment is not to be stored west of switch to track SB-35. Protection of Track units and Track work between signals 257N and 258N must be done under the provisions of a T.O.P. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 26.15 (Cockburn St.) Warning devices. Automatic: Stop signs located both sides of crossing. STRATHROY SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 52 January 1st., 2005 7.6 WATFORD SERVICE TRACK Mile 33.6—Extends 5000 Ft. East. Switch points face West. Rule 105 (a) applicable. 7.7 WANSTEAD SERVICE TRACK Mile 41.4 - Extends 1170 ft. West off of North track. Rule 105 (a) applicable. Access to this track is via a hand operated switch within the signal plant. Normal position for this switch is when set for the diverging route i.e. North track to single track. Movements required to use this track will be governed by the following: To enter: Movement must stop at signal 413N, and receive permission from the RTC. A member of the crew will then reverse the hand throw switch and be governed by indication on signal 413N. Note: While occupying the service track, switch may be left lined and locked in either position if authorized by the RTC. If switch is to be normalled, it must not be normalled until the movement has cleared the controlled location. To exit: If switch is reversed, movement will be governed by signal 414N. If switch has been normalled, permission from the RTC must be obtained to enter the North track. When permission has been granted, switch may be reversed and movement governed by signal 414N. Switch must then be left lined and locked for normal position. Equipment is not to be stored west of switch to track SB-35. Protection of Track units and Track work between signals 413N and 414N must be done under the provisions of a T.O.P. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 41.73 (WansteadRd.) Warning devices. Automatic: Stop signs located both sides of crossing. 7.8 WYOMING SERVICE TRACK Mile 46.3—Extends 7300 Ft.East. Switch points face West. Rule 105 (a) applicable. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 45.18 (Broadway St.) Warning devices. Automatic: Stop signs located both sides of crossing on service track, and on track SB61. 7.9 EASTWARD DEPARTURE TRACK Mile 55.8—Extends from mile 56.7 to mile 55.8. Rule 105(a) applicable Westward movements entering Sarnia yard must not pass beyond the PPZ stop sign located just east of the farm crossing mile 56.15, unless permission has been received from the Sarnia Yard Coordinator. 7.10 SARNIA RUNNING TRACK Mile 56.3 Former Sarnia Yard track A04, which runs directly south of the main track between Modeland and MacGregor. This track is non-bonded rule 105 territory. Permissive signal indication to enter the Sarnia Running Track does not reflect any track condition or status of occupancy. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 25MPH Signalled entry from the east end, for through movements, is at controlled location at Modeland. Signalled entry at the west end is via the controlled location at MacGregor. Rule 40.1 Not a pplicable. Rule 805(a) Applicable. Foreman must obtain a TOP to occupy or work in the running track. Leaving Equipment: The RTC must be notified before leaving any equipment on the Sarnia Running Track. The RTC will then provide blocking on such track until the track is reported clear of equipment. Before permitting a train or engine to enter the Sarnia Running Track when occupied by other equipment, the RTC must advise a member of the crew that the track is occupied by other equipment. TIME TABLE No. 59 STRATHROY SUBDIVISION January 1st, 2005 53 7.11 SARNIA YARD TERMINAL AREA Mile 57.2 Air brakes - In the application of General Operating Instruc- tions section 3 item 3.5, and section 7, 7.7(j), when gates and/ or doors are open prior to the movement shoving towards them, air brakes need only be in service on sufficient cars to control the movement. MAXIMUM SPEEDS RIP TRACK BA03 ...... 5 MPH. All tracks in "A" and "C" Yard ...... 10 MPH Rule 112 - Handbrake need not be applied on equipment left on any track in Sarnia Yard, unless extenuating circumstances require same, with the following exceptions. Tracks A005 to A011 incl., A022, and A085 One handbrake must be applied. (West End). Note: Eastbound Trains setting off may apply the one handbrake on the East End provided that the Yard Coordinator is advised. The Yard Coordinator must inform any subsequent crew who will be coupling to cars with the handbrake set on the East End. Track A023 - Handbrakes to a maximum of two (when avaliable) to be applied on east end cars. C Yard incl. Oil Siding and E Yard - Minimum of 3 handbrakes (when available) must be applied. (West End) Road crossing at east end must be left clear. Locomotive Securement - The following locations are exempt from the requirements of "Locomotive Engineer Operating Manual" form 8960 items B3.3(e) and B3.3.2(e) (Close and lock doors). Track A080, A085, and the east end of tracks A004 to A0044 inclusive. Amoco In the application of G.O.I. item 7(j), while handling cars on tracks L003, L004, L007, and L008 AMOCO plant, air brakes need not be in service account plant operations are protected by derails. Hazardous situations In the event a dangerous load or empty has been struck or derailed, stop all adjacent movements. Advise Asst. Supt. and lead hands of the incident and inform them a Dangerous Good is involved. Do not allow adjacent movements to commence until authorized by the car Dept. or a company officer. ISOLATION TRACK Track L001 has been designated as an isolation track for leaking or damaged Dangerous Goods cars. Storage of other equipment on this track is prohibited without the permission of the Special Commodities Officer.

7.12 ST. CLAIR RIVER INDUSTRIAL Mile 59.2—Extends southward 15.6 miles via yard tracks. Rule 105 (a) applicable. Rule 112 (v) applicable. Rule 119(a) - All movements are to use CN CH01 (8787) while operating/switching on this spur. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Locomotives in groups E, F, and G are permitted with the following restrictions: They must not be operated beneath or within the loading rack area on customers tracks within this area. When operating on industrial zone trackage other than the St Clair River Industrial, the Farm Track, or the Point Edward spurs, these engines are restricted to a maximum of 10 MPH. Extreme caution must be utilized when operating these engines in restricted clearance areas or on tight curves. STRATHROY SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 54 January 1st., 2005 MAXIMUM SPEEDS Mile MPH 0.0 to 3.3 ...... 10 0.2 West leg of Wye ...... 5 For Belt-Pack units ...... 7 1.9 to 2.1Curve ...... 10 1.5 (Churchill Rd.)—Southward movements stopped within 650 feet of crossing when proceeding until crossing occupied...... 5 3.3 to 12.8 ...... 25

4.3 Bridge ...... 10 12.8 to 15.6 ...... 10

PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 0.2 (St. Andrew St.) Warning devices apply to movements entering the St. Clair River Industrial Spur from the west leg of wye at mile 0.17.

Mile 3.14 CSX INTERCHANGE TRACK — Extends 1.2 miles Westward St. Clair River Industrial Spur. Switch points face east. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. Mile 5.40 Nova Chemicals— All employees required to operate beyond the normal lift and set off tracks will be governed by the following: — Hard Hats and safety glasses must be worn when switching tracks 2A, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 on the plant grounds. — No car is to be allowed to run free. — Employees are not permitted to ride on the side of a car. They must precede the movement on foot. — No smoking inside the plant gate. — When required to operate beyond designated limit, Nova personnel will direct the movement and supply further rules for safety of operations that must be followed. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Units in locomotive groups F, G, H, are prohibited on tracks T025 to T027. Mile 1.1 Track J004 (Bayer Co.) — Extends 1300 ft. MAXIMUM SPEED DUE TO CURVATURE ...... 5 MPH. Mile 15.6 CSX Sarnia Sub. — Extends 2.7 miles Southward from end of St. Clair River Industrial Spur. Control features Rule 105 applies on all tracks between mile 66.2 and mile 68.9. Prior to entering CSX trackage, verbal permission must be received from the CSX Trainmaster or Data clerk at 383-6131 or 383-6133 or by radio on standby channel CSX2 (AAR1414). In the application of Rule 105 movements are further restricted not to exceed slow speed and be prepared to stop short of a switch not properly lined. All switches are handthrow and movements must not proceed beyond fouling point unless switch is lined for the route to be used. GENERAL CSX Bulletins and notices pertaining to CSX Sarnia Sub. will be posted in Bulletin books at Sarnia Yard. Before entering CSX Trackage each crew member must have read, under- stood, and signed all CSX Bulletins. CSX Switch keys are available at Yard Office and must be returned after use. Bill box located on north end of south transfer. When there is insufficient room at CN Interchange, and after permission has been given by the CSX, traffic may be delivered to LaSalle Yard Track LS05 (4500 Ft. Capacity). SPEEDS On all side tracks and through turnouts MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. TIME TABLE No. 59 STRATHROY SUBDIVISION January 1st, 2005 55

DERAILS Derails are located on the North lead at LaSalle Yard, and at the north end of Shell storage track. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 66.2 (Beckwith St.) Rule 14(l) applicable Mile 67.6 (LaSalle Rd.) Rule 14(l) applicable. Time out and restart sections are provided for northward movements. When necessary to stop before reaching crossing, stop must also be made before reaching restart limits identified by white post 300 ft. south of crossing. Speed must then not exceed 8 mph approaching crossing and Rule 103.1 applicable. 7.13 SOUTH SERVICE TRACK Mile 59.2—Extends 1.0 miles eastward into yard from equilateral turnout at Hobson. CTC controlled by RTC Toronto, Rule 49 applicable on this track between signal 591S1 at mile 59.1, and signal 583D at mile 58.3. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 45 MPH. 7.14 FARM TRACK Mile 59.3—Extends 1.5 miles westward, swt points face east. Rule 105(a) applicable MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. Includes all industrial trackage leading off of spur. Mile 1.5 CABOT CARBON The following will apply to crews required to switch Cabot Carbon Tracks HA35 and HA36. Units must not operate over track scale located on track HA35. Signal light located on building to left of HA35 governs movements into HA35. Signal light located on entrance to shed, left of HA36 governs movements into HA36. When signal light is displaying a red indication, no movement may be made into the track governed by that light. Only a green indication on this light will authorize movement into the track that the signal governs. If the Cabot Carbon derail, located just north of the HA35/36 switch is set in the derailing position, no movement may be made into either track. Neither the position of the plant gate nor the instructions from the control room grant authority to enter Cabot property. The only authority to enter either HA35 or HA36 is a green signal indication, and the derail being set in the non-derailing position. 7.15 POINT EDWARD Mile 59.3—Extends 2.22 miles northward, swt points face east. Rule 105 (a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. Includes all industrial trackage leading off of spur. Rule 14(l) (iv) Applies:—between the hours of 2200 and 0600 in city of Sarnia, between mile 0.0 and mile 2.4. (B.T.C. 60615). EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Locomotives in groups E, F, and G are permitted with the following restrictions: They must not be operated beneath or within the loading rack area on customers tracks within this area. When operating on industrial zone trackage other than the St Clair River Industrial, the Farm Track, or the Point Edward spurs, these engines are restricted to a maximum of 10 MPH. Extreme caution must be utilized when operating these engines in restricted clearance areas or on tight curves. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 1.38 (Ferry Dock Hill)—Movements must be manually protected. (B.T.C. 98448). Mile 2.01 (Front St.)—Stop sign on each side of crossing. STRATHROY SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 56 January 1st., 2005 IMPERIAL OIL PLANT NO. 1 Mile 0.8—Extends westward off Point Edward spur, swt points face north. Movements must not pass flashing red light located at north end Imperial Oil Ltd. plant until all clear signal has been received from Imperial Oil Ltd. employee. SARNIA ELEVATOR TRACKS F-12 TO F-17 Mile 2.2—Extends west off Point Edward Industrial spur. PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE Mile 0.07 (Front St.). Northward movements must STOP at stop sign.

8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Location Obstruction Side of Track or Overhead 8.1 Mile 20.6 Bridge Both 8.2 Sarnia-Port Huron Towers, anchors, tunnel Both 8.3 Point Edward Spur Steps, spouts and Tracks F13 and F14 unloading wings Both 8.4 Imperial Oil tracks X10-X13, X21-X23,X26 and X30 Platforms Both

9 TUNNEL TONNAGE RATINGS

NOTE:When a movement is made up entirely of WELL cars or TTX flat cars, or any combination of both, the locomotive consist may be increased to 30 motorized axles and the tonnage increased to that which can be handled by 24 motorized axles.

Single unit tonnage rating.

Speed restricted from 50 - 60 MPH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3670 3340 2880 2720 2240 1950 1820 1710 1540 1120

NOTE: The above tonnages may be increased by 10% provided both of the following conditions are met.

1 - Eastbound trains will not be stopping at Port Huron Westbound trains will not be stopping at Hobson and 2 - Train length is between 4500' and 7500'.

Speed restricted from 45 - 49 MPH: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2740 2470 2120 2000 1660 1430 1340 1250 1130 790

Speed restricted to less than 45 MPH: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2060 1860 1600 1510 1250 1080 1010 940 850 600

Note: A car factor of 3 applies to all above ratings.

10 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES 10.1 Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 0.0 and mile 7.2. Eastward movements must be inspected at mile 7.2. Unless inspected at mile 326.0 Flint Sub. or mile 48.6 Mount Clemens Sub., Do Not Exceed 35 MPH between mile 60.4 and mile 50.9 Westward movements must be inspected at mile 47.5. TIME TABLE No. 59 FLINT SUBDIVISION January 1st, 2005 57 FLINT SUBDIVISION W E METHOD OFMETHOD CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE DOB/TGBO LIMITS SWITCHING ZONE(S) DTMF RTC STANDBY CHANNELS / DRAGGING HOT BOX EQUIPMENT DETECTORS Jct. With Strathroy Sub. CH7 1 PORT HURON 334.2 334.2 334.2 *5 TUNNEL YARD 333.3 426 4 TAPPAN 332.1 CH 7

CTC 332.4 332.4 Jct. With Mt. Clemens Sub. T1 GT GT 2 DOB/TG 2 WEST TAPPAN T2 329.0 BO See CN Midwest division Time Table for remainder of subdivision. SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURES CTC between Port Huron and Tappan controlled by CN RTC Toronto. CTC at and between Tappan and West Tappan controlled by CNIC RTC TD-3

FLINT SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES 1.1 CROR - CN Canadian Rail Operating Rules applicable between Westward signals at Tappan mile 332.4 and Port Huron. USOR Operating Rules applicable at and between Westward signals Tappan mile 332.4 and West Tappan. 1.2 CROR Rule 119(a) - In the application of this rule, the designated standby END TO END channel between Tappan and Port Huron is CN CH6 (AAR 7925). West of Tappan, the designated standby channel is GT1. (AAR3232) ABS AND CTC SPECIAL FEATURES 1.3 Four main tracks between Port Huron and Tappan are numbered from the north as No 1 to No 4 Tracks. 1.4 Rule 104.2 and 564 Port Huron - Movements operating under CROR Rule 564 authority from eastward signals 3340T1, 3340T2, 3340T3, 3340T4, or westward signal 617 will be governed by CROR Rule 104.2 at Dual Control split switch derail located at mile 334.2. 1.5 Rule 104.2 Track Units, Port Huron - Hobson - Track units operating under the direction of a conductor pilot or under the direction of a Foreman must be governed as follows prior to moving over dual control split rail derail mile 332.4 and dual control switch to Point Edward Spur mile 59.3 Strathroy Sub. The Conductor or Foreman must operate these switches in "hand" position and not restore them to the "power" position until all track units have moved off the switch. 1.6 Signal Indicating Stop - Tappan Westbound - Authority to pass all westward signals at Tappan will be issued by Train Dispatcher Troy in accordance with USOR Rule 844. Eastbound - Trains operating to Tunnel Yard or to CSX will obtain authority to pass eastward signals 4E, 6E, and 10E at Tappan from the Train Dispatcher Troy in accordance with USOR Rule 844. Through trains to Flint Sub. After Train Dispatcher Troy obtains permission from RTC Toronto, authority to pass eastward signals 4E, 6E, and 10E at Tappan will be given by Train Dispatcher Troy in accordance with USOR Rule 844. (NOTE) Movements will be governed by CROR Restricted speed east of signals 4W, 6W, and 8W, at Tappan. 1.7 Tunnel Yard LCS Crossover switches Mile 333.25 Local Control Dual Control Crossover switch located at mile 333.25 provides access from No 1 track to Tunnel Yard. Crossover is controlled by a push button located in control boxes placed to the north side at each end of the crossover. FLINT SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 58 January 1st., 2005 For movements from No 1 Track to Tunnel Yard: Train must be within 120 feet of switch before opening control box door. Open door and push reverse request button, after 20 seconds the switches will reverse,and light in box will so indicate. close and lock the door. When train clears the switches they will automatically restore to normal.

For movements from Tunnel Yard to No 1 Track : Permission must be received from CN RTC DI in Toronto before opening control box door. Operate push button as per instructions above. If the switches do not show locked reverse after 30 seconds, movement must obtain permission from CN RTC DI in Toronto and switches operated in hand position in accordance with CROR Rule 104.2(c) (USOR Rule 715). For Maintenance of Way equipment, Permission from RTC DI in Toronto must be obtained before any movement of Main- tenance of Way equipment is operating through crossover switches. Crossover switches must always be used in HAND position in accordance with CROR Rule 104.2(c) (USOR Rule 715).

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 Sarnia-Port Huron Employees operating West of Tappan to the Flint or Mount Clemens Subs. have a copy of the current Tappan Flat Rock Operating Manual accessible while on duty. Note:CROR qualified employees may operate west of Tappan on the Flint Subdivision for the purpose of taking headroom to clear the Port Huron signal plant provided: - a permissive signal is received at Tappan; - all movements are made as per the provision of CROR Restricted Speed; - the crew is in possession of the Detroit Terminal DOB before passing Tappan; and - if necessary to pull west of Michigan Road to set headend over into Tunnel Yard, cut is made at least 300 feet clear of the crossing. Unattended Locomotives. When leaving unattended Locomotives on the Flint Sub., the following requirements must be followed in addition to those found in the General operating Instructions. A handbrake must be applied on EACH locomotive in the consist; It is not necessary to lock each Locomotive.

3 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 3.1 Cars exceeding 315,000 Lbs. gross must be covered by special handling instructions.

4 PUBLIC CROSSINGS 4.1 Activated by a controlled signal (See USOR Rule 530) Mile 332.2 Michigan Road, Mile 329.1 Wadhams Road

5 SPEEDS Maximum Speeds (MPH) Track(s) Between No 1 No 2 No 3 No 4 Mile 334.2 and Mile 332.1 45 60 60 Mile 334.2 and Mile 333.3 45 Mile 333.3 and Mile 332.1 30

Main2 Main 3 Psgr. Frt Psgr. Frt Mile 332.1 to mile 331.7 65 60 65 60 Mile 331.7 to mile 330.7 55 55 55 55 Mile 330.0 to mile 329.0 65 60 65 60

Movements through crossover at Tappan MAXIMUM SPEED...... 10 MPH TIME TABLE No. 59 CHATHAM SUBDIVISION January 1st., 2005 59 CHATHAM SUBDIVISION W E METHOD OF CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE LIMITS DOB/TGBO ZONE(S) SWITCHING DTMF STANDBY RTC CHANNELS / DRAGGING HOT BOX EQUIPMENT DETECTORS KOMOKA 7.1 7.1 Jct. With Strathroy Sub. 1 GLENCOE EAST 27.3 Jct. With Paynes Sub. GLENCOE 27.8 CH 3 2 HUGILL 32.1 *5 35.1 TGBO TGBO CTC 1 RIVERVIEW 45.0 450# NORTHWOOD 52.5 2 CHATHAM EAST 60.7 + CHATHAM 61.6 BLOOMFIELD 63.8 63.8 + 1

OCS LACASSE 99.1 TECUMSEH 101.1 101.1 CH3

CTC GEORGE AVE. T1 104.5 104.5

WINDSOR 105.6 105 Rule SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURES CTC between Komoka and Bloomfield OCS between Bloomfield and Lacasse controlled by Railterm RTC Dorval. (514-420-0795) CTC between Lacasse and George Ave. Rule 105 applicable between George Ave. and end of track Mtce. Of Way channels mile 7.1 to 39.4 - CH82 CHATHAM SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.1 Rule 14 (l) (iv) Applies: —in the city of Chatham, between mile 60.4 (Sass Rd.) and mile 63.9 (Bloomfield Rd.) including CSX connecting track mile 0.15 (Whitehall St.) off headblock mile 60.6. (R.T.C.-R38832). —in the city of Windsor, Mile 101.7 to mile 105.9 (1988-R- 1105). 1.2 Rule 104.2 Not applicable at dual control switch No.5, mile 60.6 (Chatham East) 1.3 Rule 105 (a) Applicable: Between Mile 104.5 and end of track. 1.4 Rule 577 - Applicable.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 Designated Tie-up Tracks Unattended Locomotives Chatham—CD33. Windsor— Pillette Avenue—HW40L 2.2 Mile 27.3 - Glencoe East—Junction with Paynes Sub. is VIA LCS Switch located at mile 27.34. Employee will ge governed by Rule 104.2 found in Divisional Data and/or instructions posted in the control box. Eastward movements operating from the Chatham Sub. to the Paynes Sub. must stop West of the LCS circuit sign located 40 ft. west of the LCS switch and obtain OCS Clearance authority prior to operating the switch. Westward movements from the Paynes Sub. must stop East of the CTC Begins sign and obtain Rule 568 authority prior to operating the LCS switch. 2.3 Mile 52.5 - Northwood—Manual Hand throw electrically locked crossovers. CHATHAM SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 60 January 1st., 2005 2.4 Mile 60.7 - Chatham East—Movements must contact the CSX RTC and obtain permission to enter CSX Sarnia Sub. prior to fouling crossing protection circuit at mile 59.25. Air brakes must be in service when making movements to and from CSX interchange. Connection to CSX Sarnia Sub is via connecting track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 2.5 Mile 104.5 - Windsor— To avoid delaying VIA passenger trains unnecessarily, freight movements and yard engines must contact RTC prior to entering Rule 105 track between mile 104.5 and end of track.

3 INTERLOCKINGS 3.1 Railway crossing at grade (Chatham East) Mile 60.8...... CSX Sarnia Sub...... Automatic. (B.T.C. 118119). Rule 564 applicable and Rule 611 applicable for trains (see below). Rule 840 applicable for Track Units. Rule 40.3 applicable for track work. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 25 MPH. Box marked SWITCHES located in northwest quadrant of interlocking. In the application of Rule 611, where the lights of the conflicting route(s) are not lighted, the crew member after opening the knife switch, must wait 10 mins. before permitting the train or engine to proceed.

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight 286,000 lbs.

5 SPEEDS MPH 5.1 Mile Psgr Frt 7.1 to 27.2 zone ...... 95 60 7.1 ...... 30 30 27.2 to 63.8 zone ...... 80 60 27.3 to 27.8 ...... 20 20 44.65 Eastward movements from south track until crossing occupied . . . . 45 45 59.0 to 60.7 Westward movements . . . . 70 50 60.8 to 61.8 ...... 25 25 61.8 to 63.8 ...... 50 50 63.8 to 99.1 governed by VIA rail Time Table 99.1to 103.6 zone ...... 50 35 103.6 to104.5 zone ...... 45 20 104.5 to105.6 Rule 105 (Subdivision track) 15 15 * Not marked with speed restriction signs.

5.2 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS Mile MPH * 7.52 Heavy Axle Load Train on Bridge ...... 35 *9.42 Heavy Axle Load Train on Bridge ...... 35 * 9.82 Heavy Axle Load Train on Bridge ...... 35 44.65 (Zone Rd. 4)Eastward movements having stopped at signal 450N or 450S until crossing occupied ...... 35 46.8 (Victoria St. ) westward movements having stopped east of crossing or at station until crossing occupied...... 10 *47.6 Heavy Axle Load Train on Bridge ...... 35 *50.1 Heavy Axle Load Train on Bridge ...... 20 * 60.5 Heavy Axle Load Train on Bridge ...... 25 TIME TABLE No. 59 CHATHAM SUBDIVISION January 1st., 2005 61 61.5 (William St. and Queen Sts.) eastward movements stopped within 900 feet west of Queen St. until crossings occupied...... 10 104.5 (George Ave.), switching operations over public crossing at grade (B.T.C. 49106)...... 5 Passenger trains with other than LRC coaches: 101.0 to 103.6 ...... 35 103.6 to 104.4 ...... 25 104.4 to 105.6 ...... 15 *Until the last Heavy Axle Load car clears the bridge

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Rule 103.1 (f) (Rusty Rail Conditions) applicable at all public crossings at grade protected by automatic warning devices on tracks other than main tracks 6.2 Mile 32.12 (Big Bend Rd.). warning devices Eastward movements stopping at signal 320, must stop clear of crossing circuit sign located 200 ft. West of crossing. 6.3 Mile 45.00 (Base Line Rd.). warning devices Westward movements stopping at signal 449, must stop clear of crossing circuit sign located 200 ft. East of crossing. 6.4 Mile 60.89 (Park St.) and Mile 60.93 (Degge St.). Eastward movements which have stopped to wait for signal to clear must stop not less than 200 feet west of Degge St. 6.5 Mile 61.51 (William St.) and Mile 61.54 (Queen St.). Eastward movements stopped within 600 feet west of Queen St., must operate LOWER push-button at station or at east end of station platform. 6.6 Mile 103.04 (Jefferson Ave.). Westward movements stopping east of crossing, push- button operation. 6.7 Mile 104.49 (George Ave.). Pushbuttons are provided for switching operations. Raise buttons will only be effective after the switch, immediately west of the crossing on the track being used has been reversed. Switching movements must not pass over this crossing between the hours of 1555 and 1620, and between 2355 and 0020 except in emergency. Eastward movements complying with Rule 564 must be manually protected.

7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 CO-OP FERTILIZERS Mile 46.8 Derail on track CB58 approx. 550 ft. from switch points locked with private lock and can only be unlocked by Co-op employee. 7.2 NORTHWOOD Mile 52.5 Due to restricted sightlines at Public crossings at grade mile 52.56 (Dohnoty Rd.), and at farm and private crossings at mile 52.57, cars must not be left east of mile 53.0 in track CB71. Signs stating " NO CARS STORED BEYOND THIS POINT" erected as well as yellow lines painted on the rail and tie. Track CB73 is not affected. CHATHAM SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 62 January 1st., 2005 7.3 CHATHAM NORTH SERVICE Mile 62.3—Extends eastward 0.7 miles from electric lock 6232 to stop blocks located 100 ft. west of Queen St. Rule 105 (a) applicable CHATHAM INDUSTRIAL Mile 62.2—Extends north off Chatham north service track, switch points face west. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 5 MPH. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 0.20 (Patteson Ave.). Movements must be manually protected. Mile 0.82 (Keil Dr.). Automatic Warning Devices Stop signs erected on both sides of crossing. All movements must stop at stop sign and wait for a flashing white light on the instrument case. If light does not flash, the crossing must be manually protected until the crossing is fully occupied. 7.4 SOUTH SERVICE FW02 Mile 101.4 to Mile 105.6—Extends west, south of main track. Rule 104(c) Switches equipped with a lock between mile 103.0 and mile 105.6 may be left lined and locked in either position Rule 105 (a) applicable MAXIMUM SPEED mile 103.0 to 105.6 ...... 10 MPH. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 103.4 (Jefferson Ave.). Mile 104.01 (Pillette Rd.). Eastward movements stopped within 800 feet west of crossings must press lower push-button before proceeding over crossing. 7.5 CHRYSLER Mile 103.0—Extends 4.5 miles southward off track FW02, swt points face west. Any through freight movements operating between Little yard and the Chatham Sub. must first be authorized by the Transportation Supvsr. Rule 14(l)(iv) applicable—(1988-R-1105). Rule 105 (a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH (including east and west legs of wye tracks) EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Mile 4.2 - Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge . . . . . 5MPH Rule 14(l)(iv) applicable—(1988-R-1105). Little Yard Rule 112 - In the application of this rule, handbrakes need not be applied on cars left on the following tracks except unless extenuating circumstances require same. HW47 to HW55 Inclusive. GW39 to GW42 Inclusive (Ford Yard). Designated pull-back tracks: GW50 and GW51 between designated pullback signs, approximately 3900 feet. All movements including track units must obtain permission from the Yard Coordinator prior to occupying any of these tracks. When no longer required movements must report when clear of these tracks. AIR BRAKES GENERAL Crews may be directed by the Yard Coordinator or other proper authority to leave equipment with the angle cock closed on the following yard tracks: HW47 to HW55 Inclusive. Such equipment must first have the air brakes applied in emergency. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 2.18 (Clemenceau Ave.)—Warning devices. Automatic: Stop sign erected on west side of crossing. TIME TABLE No. 59 CHATHAM SUBDIVISION January 1st., 2005 63 7.6 VIA WALKERVILLE WYE Mile 105.6—Extends southward off track BW47, switch points face east and west. Usable length of wye to stop block is 97 feet. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 5 MPH. 7.7 ALL TRACKAGE WEST OF MILE 105.6 Rule 105 (a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH HIRAM WALKER Mile 105.6—Extends westward approximately 3600 feet to Hiram Walker Plant. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 105.65 (Walker Rd.)—Warning devices. Mile 105.87 (Devonshire Rd.)—Warning devices. Automatic: Stop signs erected both sides of crossing. All movements must STOP at the stop sign and crossing must be manually protected unless it is known crossing protection devices have been operating for at least 20 seconds.

8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Location Obstruction Side of Track or Overhead 8.1 Windsor Mile 105.5 Main Track Wayside Power Posts Both sides Track BW51 Wayside Power Posts Both sides Track BW52 Wayside Power Posts Both sides Track EW02 Wayside Power Posts Both sides

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES 9.1 Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 60 and mile 63.8 and between mile 101.1 and mile 105.6. Westward movements must be inspected at mile 95.0. CSX SARNIA SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 64 January 1st., 2005 CSX SARNIA SUBDIVISION S N UDIBLE DEFECTIVE EQUIPMENT DETECTOR METHOD OFMETHOD CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE CSX DOB No.1 RTC STANDBY CHANNELS A

+ CHATHAM 17.8 Conection to CN Chatham Sub.

105 VIA Yard Track 17.6 CSX Rule SOUTH CHATHAM 15.5 15.5 CH2 DTMF RICHARDSON 14.4 3 1 FARGO 12.9 OCS Connecting track to CN CASO Sub. 11.7 11.7 Subdivision Control Features OCS applicable between mile 15.5 and mile 11.7 Controlled by CSX RTC Wallaceburg.

CSX SARNIA SUBDIVISIONS FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES 1.1 DAILY OPERATING BULLETIN Train or engine movements must be in possession of the current CSX DOB No. 1 which takes effect daily at 0001 prior to entering track between South Chatham and Fargo. SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.2 Rule 42 and 43—In the application of rule 42 or rule 43, the distance of at least 3000 yards is decreased to at least 2000 yards. 1.3 Rule 104(c) Switches equipped with a lock between mile 15.5 and mile 17.9 may be left lined and locked in either position SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 1.4 All movements must obtain permission from CSX RTC before entering CSX Sarnia Sub. at Chatham. 1.5 Rules 13 and 14—Bell and Whistle. Chatham—Sounding of engine whistle or bell is prohibited within the city limits between mile 20.0 and mile 16.6, except the bell is to be sounded when the engine is within 75 feet of the crossing. Whistle may be sounded to prevent an accident which is evident.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 Mile 11.7—Connection to Caso Sub. is via connecting track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. Switch is normal when set for movements from CSX Sarnia Sub.to connecting track. 2.2 Mile 17.6—Connection to Chatham Sub. is via yard track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH Movements to Chatham Sub must have operating authority on Chatham Sub prior to obstructing Park Ave. public road crossing mile 17.6.

3 INTERLOCKING 3.1 Railway crossing at grade: (Chatham) Mile 17.8 . . . CN Chatham Sub...... automatic. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH. Box marked switches located in northwest quadrant of interlocking.

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 A maximum of eight units may be used in a locomotive consist with multiple control. Tonnage of eight-unit consist must not exceed tonnage rating of five four-axle units. 4.2 Cars with gross weight exceeding 286,000 lbs. cannot be moved without the authority of Superintendent Operations. TIME TABLE No. 59 CSX SARNIA SUBDIVISION January 1st., 2005 65 4.3 EQUIPMENT MPH Ditcher Spreader Cars ...... 30 Air Dump Cars ...... 30 Ore Cars On Tangent ...... 30 On Curves ...... 20 Movements handling wrecking cranes On Tangent ...... 30 On Curves ...... 20 Unless all revenue or non-revenue shipments of pivoted or rotating equipment moving on its own wheels has been specifically cleared for movement at higher speed. On Tangents ...... 20 On Curves ...... 15 Shipments of casks containing Irradiated spent fuel cores must move in special trains containing no other freight 35 When a train handling these shipments meets, passes or is passed by another train, one train must be stopped while the other moves past not exceeding ...... 35 A single light locomotive unit unit must not exceed . . . .30 Trains handling welded or continuously jointed rail must must not exceed ...... 30

5 SPEEDS 5.1 Mile MPH 11.7 to 15.5 zone ...... 40 15.5 to 17.8 105 territory - Maximum speed for all trains operating in Rule 105 territory ...... 15 In addition to the requirements of Rule 105, movements must be prepared to stop short of a switch improperly lined, and be prepared to stop within one half the range of vision of a track unit. 17.6 Park Ave. until crossing occupied . . . . . 10 17.7 Park St. until crossing occupied ...... 6 17.8 Crossing CN Chatham Sub ...... 15 All movements through turnouts are restricted to 10 MPH. There are 6 tracks west of the main track at Chatham. They are identified from the east as: Passing Track - No. 1 - No. 2 - No. 3 - No. 4 Clean Out No. 5 Rip. There is one track to the east of the main track and it is identified as the scale track. Maximum speed on these tracks ...... 5 MPH.

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Due to rust conditions on rail, movements over all Sarnia Sub. public crossings at grade protected by automatic warning devices must be manually protected unless it is known warning devices have been operating for at least 20 seconds and if so equipped, gates are in horizontal position. 6.2 Mile 16.7 (Indian Creek Rd.) A motion detector controls the operation of automatic highway car and/or flasher light signals at this public crossing. When a movement occupies the approach circuit, the automatic highway crossing gates and/or flasher lights will operate. If the movement stops before reaching edge of crossing, the crossing gates will raise and/or flasher lights will stop. When movement resumes approaching crossing and speed exceeds 4 MPH or edge of crossing is reached, the gates or lights will resume operation auto-matically. 6.3 Mile 17.6 (Park Ave.) Northward approach circuits extend 820 feet south of crossing. Southward approach circuits extend 1,030 feet north of crossing. Approach circuits for CN interchange wye track: southward approach circuits extend 1,013 feet north of Park Avenue crossing. Constant warning device HXP has been applied to the northward approach 820 feet south of crossing. CSX SARNIA SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 66 January 1st., 2005 6.4 Mile 17.7 (Park St.) Northward approach circuits extend 924 feet south of crossing, southward approach circuits extend 861 feet north of crossing. Time out between Park Street and Park Avenue is cancelled. Approach circuits for CN interchange wye track: Northward approach circuits extend 896 feet south of crossing. South-ward approach circuits extend 660 feet north of crossing. Switching movements over crossing must be manually protected.

7 AUDIBLE DEFECTIVE EQUIPMENT DETECTORS 7.1 CSX radios will be used to monitor CSX radio channel 1 while passing Audible Defective Equipment Detector located at Mile 12.9. A defect light (strobe light) and two integrity lights, which must be observed by both train and engine crews, while passing the detector, are located adjacent to the detector. When an APPARENT DEFECT is detected DEFECT LIGHT will be illuminated and remain illuminated until the train has passed, and also an audible transmission will be made in the form of an interrupted tone for each apparent defect. Approximately one minute after the train has passed, the detector will make a post-train analysis and the APPARENT ALARM(S) will at that time be either confirmed or rejected. If rejected, it will not be included in the end-of-train message and the defect light will be extinguished. Should defects be detected only in the POST-TRAIN ANALY- SIS an interrupted tone will be transmitted for one second and the defect light will be illuminated. Crews must listen for an APPARENT ALARM while passing the detector and for an ACTUAL ALARM for one minute after passing the detector and must make record of any defect information transmitted. Should a message indicate a defect(s) the train must be stopped and inspected. If a defect is not found at the location identified by a defect detector, an inspection must be performed of 20 axles before and after the reported defect, on the side of the train identified for the reported defect. If the specific side was not identified, the inspection must be performed of these axles on both sides of the train. Should a message not be received after having observed an illuminated defect light or having received an APPARENT ALARM or ACTUAL ALARM the train must be stopped and inspected. Should the integrity lights not be illuminated or a sight identification message not be received, the detector is not function- ing and the train may proceed, without stopping. Any abnormality in the detector must be reported to the CSX RTC.

8 RADIO INFORMATION 8.1 CSX employees at Chatham are radio equipped. 8.2 CN and NS train crews will monitor CSX CH1 (08-08) while operating between Chatham and Fargo. RAIL TRAFFIC CONTROLLERS CSX Rail Traffic Control Centre Wallaceburg St. Thomas: 519-627-7632 or 1-888-877-1118 (from 519 area) G. W. Collins C. T. Smith R. M. Pell M. E. Clatworthy A. R. Kinny G. Mauer

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES 9.1 Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 16.0 and mile 17.9. TIME TABLE No. 59 TALBOT SUB. January 1st., 2005 67 TALBOT SUBDIVISION N S ND TONE METHOD OF CONTROL METHOD OF TRACKS NUMBER MILE DOBTGBO / LIMITS DTMF RTC STANDBY CHANNELS CHANNEL RTC STANDBY A ST. THOMAS Y 14.8 CH3 105 Rule Main Track Begins/Ends 12.7 12.7 *5 CH3 WALTON 424 T-2 1 # OCS Connection to AL10 (Walkers Siding) 0.3 0.3 Subdivision Control Features OCS applicable between Walton and mile 12.7 Rule 105 applicable between mile 12.7 and St. Thomas Mtce. Of Way channel - 82

TALBOT SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.1 Rule 14 (l) (iv) applies: —In the city of London between mile 0.31 (William St.) and mile 5.47 (Green Valley Rd.) (1988 R-253). —in the city of St. Thomas between mile 14.5 and mile 14.8 (B.T.C. 85452). 1.2 Rule 104(b) - Main track switch at mile 0.3 (Walton) is to be left lined and locked in reverse position when not in use. 1.3 Rule 104(c)—Switch located at mile 14.8 Talbot Sub. may be left lined and locked in either position and indicates normal when set for Track XG37, west leg of wye. 1.5 Rule 105 (a) - Applicable between mile 12.7 and St. Thomas.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 Air Brakes—Movements will operate under the provisions of "Transfer Movement Brake test" G.O.I. item 7.10(b)(No brake test required when speeds will not exceed 15 MPH) except that air must be applied through out the entire equipment consist at all times. Such movements must be TIBS equipped with a continuity test performed prior to departure.. 2.2 Walton—Connection between Talbot and Dundas Subs. is via yard track. 2.3 St. Thomas—Switch located at mile 14.8 Talbot Sub. may be left lined and locked in either position and indicates normal when set for Track XG37, west leg of wye, switch points face north. Track XG34 yard switch is normal when set for Track XG37, switch points face west. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH.

3 INTERLOCKINGS - Nil

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight 263,000 lbs. Hopper cars less than 40 feet in length exceeding 220,000 lbs. gross are prohibited. 4.2 Heavy Axle Loads not permitted without DL message authority. 4.3 Dingmans Creek Bridge—mile 6.0 Units in locomotive groups F, G, H, restricted to 5 MPH. 4.4 Kettle Creek Viaduct—mile 14.5; the following are prohibited: cars less than 40 feet in length if gross weight exceeds 220,000 lbs. 4.5 Barwick Street Overpass—Mile 14.8. Open loaded multi level cars in excess of nineteen (19) feet two (2) inches high must not operate under Barwick Street Overpass. TALBOT SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 68 January 1st., 2005 5 SPEEDS 5.1 Mile MPH 0.3 to 12.7 zone ...... 15 0.3 to 0.9 ...... 10 3.9 to 4.2 ...... 10 6.0 Dingmans Creek bridge ...... 10 12.7 to 14.8 Rule 105 (Subdivision Track) ...... 15 14.5 Kettle Creek viaduct (R-22966) ...... 5

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Mile 11.35 (Elgin Rd. No. 48). Southward movements approaching crossing until crossing occupied ...... 10 MPH

7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 CANFOR LTD. - Mile 4.5—Track TL04 extends eastward. Swt points face south. Track TL07 extends southward from track TL04 mile 0.2. Swt points face west. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 0.1— ( Bucannan Crt. ) All movements on track TL07 must be manually protected until crossing fully occupied. (R- 32277). 7.2 CAYUGA SPUR - Mile 14.8—Extends from yard track, 4.45 miles east to mile 114.55. Rule 104(c)—East wye switch may be left lined and locked in either position. Employees required to operate between Mile 114.55 and mile 113.0 must have in their possession and be governed by, a copy of the current Trillium Railway TimeTable covering that portion of Cayuga Spur. Operation east of mile 113.0 is prohibited Rule 105 (a) Applicable Rule 14 (l) (iv) Applies:—in the city of St. Thomas, mile 118.0 to mile 119.0, (B.T.C. 85452).

EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 263,000 lbs. St. Thomas—Movements between St. Thomas mile 119.0 and St. Thomas South mile 115.3 Caso Sub. over CP Rail St. Thomas Sub. governed by CP Rail time table. When storing train in track XG10 same must be left 500 feet in clear at east end to allow yard engine to switch CP Rail interchange. Cars left standing on tracks XG10 and XG20 must be kept not less than 75 feet from Balaclava St. mile 118.67. (B.T.C. 78152), and on XG20 must not be left standing between Balaclava St., mile 118.67 and Manitoba St., mile 118.81. Cars left standing on tracks adjacent to Hughes St. public crossing at grade mile 118.87 must be kept back at least 40 feet from street line. (B.T.C. 74683).

Railway crossing at grade NON-INTERLOCKED Mile 117.8 . . CP Rail St. Thomas Sub. (B.T.C. 96285). Rule 98(b) applicable for trains Rule 843 applicable for track units MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. TIME TABLE No. 59 TALBOT SUB. January 1st., 2005 69 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 114.55 to Mile 119 - Rule 103.1 (f) (Rusty Rail Conditions) applicable at all public crossings at grade protected by automatic warning devices . Mile 117.51 (Gaylord Rd.) Warning devices Automatic: Stop signs errected on both sides of crossing on spur and track FX01 (Format Plant). Crossing must be manually protected unless it is known that the crossing protection has been operating for at least 20 secs. Mile 118.29 (First Ave.). Cars must not be left within 150 feet of crossing.

8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Location Obstruction Side of Track or Overhead 8.1 London Tracks TL02 and TL04 Pole racks, transformers Both 8.2 Track TL30 Gates Both

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES 9.1 Northward movements unless inspected at St. Thomas, must be inspected at mile 8.0. PAYNES SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 70 January 1st., 2005 PAYNES SUBDIVISION W E ND TONE METHOD CONTROL OF NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE SIDING CAPACITY IN FEET LIMITS TGBO DTMF STANDBY RTC CHANNELS CHANNEL RTC STANDBY A ST. THOMAS Y 0.0 SOUTHWOLD 2.0 105 Rule Main Track Begins/Ends 3.8 3.8 CH3 CH3 PAYNES 4.5 3720 *5 T-2 424 THAMES RIVER 14.5 2900 1 #

OCS Jct. With Chatham Sub. GLENCOE EAST 27.3 27.3 Subdivision Control Features Rule 105 applicable between mile 0.0 and mile3.8 OCS applicable between mile 3.8 and mile 27.3

PAYNES SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES 1.1 Special Applications Rule 14(l) (iv) applies: — in the city of St. Thomas between mile 0.0 and mile 0.5 (B.T.C. 84113-85452-88148). 1.2 Rule 104(c) Switches may be left lined and locked in either position between mile 0.0 and mile 3.8

1.3 Rule 105 (a) - Applicable betrween mile 0.0 and mile 3.8

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 Designated Tie-up Tracks Unattended Locomotives St. Thomas—XG36, XG34 Talbotville—TA-39

2.2 St. Thomas—Eastward NS trains must contact Talbotville yard office for instructions prior to passing mile 3.8.

3 INTERLOCKINGS - Nil

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight 286,000 lbs.

5 SPEEDS 5.1 Mile MPH 0.0 to 1.4 Rule 105 (subdivision track) . 10 1.4 to 3.8 Rule 105 (subdivision track) . 15 3.8 to 27.3 zone ...... 40 27.2 to 27.3 ...... 20 5.2 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS

*0.4 Heavy Axle Load train on bridge ...... 5 *5.1 Heavy Axle Load train on bridge ...... 20 *15.4 Heavy Axle Load train on bridge ...... 10 *17.1 Heavy Axle Load train on bridge ...... 10 *18.9 Heavy Axle Load train on bridge ...... 5 *24.8 Heavy Axle Load train on bridge ...... 20

*Until the last heavy Axle Load car clears bridge

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE

6.1 Rule 103.1(f)(Rusty Rail conditions)—Applicable between mile 3.8 and mile 27.3. TIME TABLE No. 59 PAYNES SUBDIVISION January 1st., 2005 71 7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 SOUTHWOLD Mile 2.6—Extends 4.2 miles north, swt points face west. Rule 105 (a) applicable. Maximum speed on curves ...... 7 MPH Maximum speed on all yard tracks ...... 10 MPH

7.2 TALBOT YARD Maximum speed ...... 10 MPH Rule 112 -Hand brakes to a maximum of 2, when available to be applied to cars at the west end on tracks XJ01 to XJ65 incl.

7.3 FORD - Air brakes need not be in service account plant doors, 1, 2, 3 and 4 are protected by derails which are interlocked with door opening mechanisms. Side and Overhead Restricted clearance on tracks F3001, F3002, and F3003. (Platforms and/or Bi-fold doors)

7.4 CARGILL GRAIN Mile 4.9—Track XL11 extends 480 ft. east. Switch points face west. Maximun speed due to curvature ...... 10 MPH

8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Nil

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES Nil TIME TABLE No. 59 72 January 1st., 2005

KNUCKLE REPLACEMENT JOB AID · Knuckle types ARE NOT interchangeable. · Replaced knuckle must match knuckle type at the other end of the car · Each locomotive is equipped with spare knuckles. · All "E" type catalogue numbers start with "E50", all "F" type with "F51." · In a pinch, an extra "E" type knuckle can be taken from the end of the lead locomotive.

Coupler at other end of affected car

"F" type Knuckle catalogue number

E 5 0 A

E E

A B 1 F 5 E 5 0 "E" type Replacement knuckles

When replacing a Knuckle

1. Separate equipment by at least 50 feet. 2. Ensure equipment is stopped and secured. 3. Communicate with engineer and other crew members to ensure understanding of the work. 4. Determine and obtain the type of knuckle that must replace the broken knuckle (see "Knuckle Knowledge" above). 5. Remove the pin and set it within easy reach. 6. Lift the operating lever and remove the old knuckle from the coupler keeping feet clear of the area. 7. Dispose of the knuckle, where it will not become a tripping hazard. 8. Pulling the operating lever up, ensure the lock block goes up into the head of the coupler allowing the knuckle to be placed into the coupler. (Hint: you can hold the operating lever in place by tying it to a handhold.) 9. Insert the knuckle into the coupler, insert the pin, close the knuckle, and make sure it locks properly. TIME TABLE No. 59 CASO SUBDIVISION January 1st., 2005 73

CASO G IN

SUBDIVISION GG W E X AND DRA O T B O METHOD OFMETHOD CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE SIDING CAPACITY IN FEET DOB / TGBO LIMITS SWITCHING ZONE DTMF RTC STANDBY CHANNELS H EQUIPPMEN T DETECTORS END OF CN TRACKAGE 31.0 CANFIELD 39.0 EDWARD 42.9 HAGERSVILLE 55.4 CH4 + AIRPORT 59.5 *5 440 WATERFORD 68.2 # 105 Rule LASALLETTE 81.2 TILLSONBURG EAST 90.6 CH4 SPRINGFIELD 101.9 T1 + TALBOT 113.5 ST. THOMAS SOUTH 115.3 Main Track Begins/Ends 116.4 116.4 SHEDDEN 124.1 DUTTON 134.0 WEST LORNE 140.5 RODNEY 144.9 HIGHGATE 153.1 RIDGETOWN 158.7 CH3 FARGO 169.6 + 1 TGBO *5 FARGO WEST 169.9 450 CHARING CROSS 173.2 # FLETCHER 181.0 9980 CH3 184.9 TILBURY 189.4

OCS OCS OCS T1 COMBER 194.5 10770 204.1 ESSEX 212.3 PELTON 217.0 217.0 HOWARD 222.0 VAN de WATER 223.0 105 RULE WINDSOR SOUTH 224.5 224.5 224.5

North and South DOB TGBO 2 Connecting Tracks 225.0 225.0 225.0 CTC COLLEGE AVE. 225.2 CP RTC CONTROLS WEST OF THIS POINT Subdivision Control Features Rule 105 applicable between mile 31.0 and mile 116.4 Main track begins at mile 116.4 OCS applicable between mile 116.4 and Pelton Rule 105 applicable between Pelton and Windsor South 2 Connecting tracks CTC controlled by CN RTC Toronto between Windsor South and College Ave. Mtce. of Way channels mile 101.9 to mile 140.5 - CH82

CASO SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES

CTC SPECIAL FEATURES 1.1 Power operated Switches Switch No's 3, and 5 at Windsor South (Electric Yard Lead) are power operated and have no "dual control" capabilities. Trains or engines moving over such switches in accordance with Rule 564 will be governed by Rule 104.3. CASO SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 74 January 1st., 2005 1.2 DUAL CONTROL SWITCH POINT DERAILS located at: Switch No. 1,— Electric Yard lead. Rule 564 The RTC must ensure Dual Control Switch Point Derails are in the derailing position on conflicting routes prior to issuing Rule 564 authority. Movements will be governed by Rule 104.2 at the above switch point derails. Windsor South - mile 224.5 — on the north and south tracks. Due to rust conditions, all movements routed to/from the south track at Windsor South must be authorized by Rule 564 from Eastward Signal 2248S, or Westward Signals 2245N, 2245S, or 2245D. Dual control switch point derail on the south track Mile 224.5 must be placed in "hand" position and lined for the non-derailing position. It must not be restored to "power" position until the entire movement has cleared the switch point. Rule 104.2 Track Units operating under the direction of a conductor or Track Units under the direction of a Foreman. —The RTC must ensure Dual Control Switch Point Derails are in the DERAILING POSITION prior to issuing authority to track units and must not relieve the Conductor or Foreman of the following requirements. The Conductor or Foreman must operate these Dual Control Switch Point Derails in "hand" position as per Rule 104.2, and not restore them to the "power" position until all track units have moved off the switch. Switching Signals 1.3 Be governed by Rule 573(c)(ii). Windsor South—— Signals 2248N and 2245D Signals 2248S and 2245D SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.4 Rule 14(l) (iv) Applies: —In the city of St. Thomas, mile 115.3 to mile 116.2 (B.T.C. 85452). —Mile 220.23 (6th concession) —Mile 220.54 (Cabana Rd.) By-law 12560 —Mile 221.78 (Howard Ave.)

1.5 Rule 104(c)—Switches may be left lined and locked in either position between mile 217.0 (Pelton) and mile 224.5 1.6 Rule 105 (a)—Applicable between mile 31.0 and mile 116.4, and between mile 217.0 and mile 224.5

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 OPERATION EAST OF MILE 31 IS PROHIBITED Operation east of mile 86.0 is prohibited unless authorized by both Transportion and engineering supervisors 2.2 The following instructions are to be followed to properly use the new telephone-radio network system. 1) The locomotive or mobile radio must be placed on RTC standby channel - CH4. Utilizing the DTMF touch pad: 2) To contact RTC NI from the St. Thomas Tower press: 1*1 3) To contact RTC NI from the Tillsonburg Tower press: 1*2 4) To contact RTC DS from the St. Thomas Tower press: 2*1 5) To contact RTC DS from the Tillsonburg Tower press: 2*2 St. Thomas Radio Tower coverage: Mile 106 - 116 Tillsonburg Radio Tower coverage: Mile 78 - 106 6) A telephone ringing tone will sound until the line is answered by the called party or the system times out, approximately 30 seconds. The mobile radio user can reset the timer by pressing the PTT-push to talk button. 7) The mobile radio user can knock the system back to standby (normal) by pressing the (#) key. A confirming dual beep tone will be heard just prior to disconnecting. TIME TABLE No. 59 CASO SUBDIVISION January 1st., 2005 75 2.3 Hagersville—Connection between Caso and RaiLink Hagersville Sub is via yard track. 2.4 Tillsonburg East—Connection between Caso Sub. and Ont. Southland Rlwy Port Burwell Sub. is via yard track. Connection between Caso and Cayuga Spur is via yard track and via Ont. Southland Rlwy Port Burwell Sub. Movements on Ont. Southland Rlwy Port Burwell Sub. governed by Ont. Southland Rlwy time table. 2.5 St. Thomas South—Movements operating between St. Thomas South mile 115.3 Caso Sub. and St. Thomas mile 119.0 Cayuga Spur over CP Rail St. Thomas Sub. governed by CP Rail time table. Designated Tie-up Tracks Unattended Locomo- tives; AB07 and AB25. 2.6 Fargo—Mile 169.6 Connection to CSX Sarnia Sub. is via connecting track. Switch indicates "Normal Position" when set for through movements to/from the CSX Sarnia connecting track. Employees required to operate east of Fargo on the Caso Sub. will be required to reverse this switch to access that portion of the Caso sub.and return the switch to it's normal position when clear. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 2.7 Fletcher—Siding Fletcher equipped with derails both ends.

2.8 Pelton to Windsor South—North Service Track (former North Track) extends 5.4 miles east from Windsor South to mile 219.0 where it becomes the Pelton Industrial. South Service Track (former South Track) extends 5.4 miles east from Windsor South to Mile 219.0 and extends a further 2 miles east to Pelton. Rule 105(a)applicable. Rule 104 (c) - switches may be left lined and locked in either position between Pelton and Windsor South. Westward movements required to enter Van De Water Yard from either the North Service or the South Service Tracks must receive permission from the Van de Water Yard Traffic Coordinator or Carload Clerk prior to passing Mileage 221.66 CASO Subdivision (Howard Avenue). All movements required to enter the South Service Track from the North Service track must contact RTC Toronto so as not to delay possible movements authorized to or from the tunnel.

3 INTERLOCKINGS 3.1 Railway crossing at grade Mile 55.5...... RaiLink Hagersville Sub . . Automatic. Rule 611 applicable for trains. Rule 840 applicable for Track Units. Rule 40.3 applicable for track work. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 35 MPH. Box marked SWITCHES located in northeast quadrant. Push- buttons located in box at governing signals provide for reverse movements. 3.2 Railway crossing at grade Mile 169.6 . . CSX Sarnia Sub...... Automatic. Rule 611 applicable for trains. Rule 840 applicable for Track Units. Rule 40.3 applicable for track work. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 35 MPH. Box marked SWITCHES located in north east quadrant. CASO SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 76 January 1st., 2005 4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight Mile 31.0 to mile 169.6...... 268,000 lbs. Mile 169.6 to mile 228.1 ...... 286,000 lbs. 4.2 St. Thomas South Units in locomotive groups F, G and H and cars in excess of 60 feet prohibited on tracks AB38 and AB39. 4.3 Tilbury Locomotive in groups E, F, G and H prohibited on track CR28. Maximum speed ...... 5 MPH. 4.4 Comber and Essex Units in locomotive groups F,G and H prohibited on track CR14. Maximum speed on all yard tracks ...... 5 MPH.

5 SPEEDS 5.1 Mile MPH 31.0 to 116.4 Rule 105 (Subdivision track) . 15 116.4 to 168.3 Zone ...... 40 116.4 to 116.6 ...... 25 116.6 to 133.0 ...... 30 164.0 to 168.3 ...... 30 168.3 to 217.0 Zone ...... 50 168.3 to 192.0 ...... 30 204.0 to 217.0 ...... 30 217.0 to 224.5 Rule 105 (Subdivision track) . 15 224.5 to 225.2 zone ...... 40

5.2 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS *116.1 Heavy Axle Load train on bridge ...... 10 *175.15 Heavy Axle Load train on bridge ...... 10 *175.53 Heavy Axle Load train on bridge ...... 10 *177.16 Heavy Axle Load train on bridge ...... 10 *179.55 Heavy Axle Load train on bridge ...... 10 * Until the last Heavy Axle Load car clears the bridge

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Mile 31.0 to Mile 114.0 Stop before fouling and crossing must be manually protected. Mile 114.0 to mile169.6 Rule 103.1(f)(Rusty Rail Conditions) applicable at all public crossings at grade protected by automatic warning devices . 6.2 Mile 55.5 (Tuscarora St.)—Westward movements stopped at signal 555, regardless of signal indication, must use pushbuttons in box marked Pushbuttons located at the signal. RECLEAR/LOWER button must be pushed to activate crossing protection, and RAISE button must be pushed to de-activate crossing protection. 6.3 Mile 91.55 (Broadway Ave..)—Warning Devices Stop before fouling and provide manual protection. 6.4 Mile 100.68 (Town Line)—Warning Devices Stop before fouling and provide manual protection. 6.5 Mile 101.34 (Hornby St..)—Warning Devices Stop before fouling and provide manual protection. 6.6 Mile 101.61 (East St..)—Warning Devices Stop before fouling and provide manual protection. 6.7 Mile 102.97 (Halls Rd.)—Warning Devices Stop before fouling and provide manual protection. 6.8 Mile 161.81 (Hagerwood Rd.)—Warning Devices Stop before fouling and provide manual protection. 6.9 Mile 163.08 (Roseline Rd.)—Warning Devices Stop before fouling and provide manual protection. TIME TABLE No. 59 CASO SUBDIVISION January 1st., 2005 77 6.10 Mile 182.06 (Merlin Rd.)—Warning Devices Westward movements from siding Fletcher must manually protect crossing unless automatic warning devices have been operating for at least 20 seconds. 6.11 Mile 193.49 (Gracy Rd.)—Warning Devices Eastward movements from siding Comber must manually protect crossing unless automatic warning devices have been operating for at least 20 seconds. 6.12 Mile 212.20 (Ellis Rd.)—Warning Devices Westward movements when destined to the North Service track must manually protect crossing unless automatic warning devices have been operating for at least 20 seconds and when so equipped, gates are in horizontal position.

7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 ESSEX SERVICE TRACK (Old North Service) Mile 212.3—Extends 6 miles West to switch mile 218.3. Rule 105 (a) applicable. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Stop signs located on both sides of all Public Crossings at grade protected by automatic warning devices. Rule 103.1 (f) (Rusty Rail Conditions) applicable at all public crossings at grade protected by automatic warning devices

7.2 VAN DE WATER YARD Mile 223.0 Yarding instructions or permission to depart must be obtained from yardmaster, when no yardmaster on duty, instructions to be obtained from Carload Centre. On Saturdays, between the hours of 1600 and 2359, yarding instructions are to be obtained from the RTC Toronto. SPEEDS Tracks W108, W109, W227, WM03, WM04, Old lead, Bush lead, and Engine ready tracks Maximum speed...... 10 MPH. Designated pull-back tracks: W125 Approx. length - 2200 ft. WM02 (service track Caso) Howard Ave. to Dougall Switch approx. length - 5100 ft. All movements including track units, must obtain permission from the yard coordinator prior to occupying any of these tracks. (signs indicating same at entrances). When no longer required, movements must report when clear of these tracks. Rule 104(c)- Switches on the following tracks may be left lined and locked in either position: W108 to W114 incl. and W125(electric Yard). Combination Blue Flag Derails installed on tracks W207, W208, and W209 approximately 150ft. from each end of the tracks. These Blue Flag Derails are equipped with special locks, are used by Mechanical Dept. personnel only, and will be in the derailing position only when protection for Mechani- cal Dept. personnel is required. When protection for Mechanical Dept. personnel is no longer required, the Blue flag Derails will be locked in the Non- derailing position which will also drop the Blue flag from View.

7.3 NORTH SERVICE TRACK (Old North Main) Mile 224.5—Extends 5.4 miles East to Pelton Industrial. Rule 103.1(f) (Rusty Rail) applicable. Rule 105 (a) applicable. PELTON INDUSTRIAL Mile 219.0—Extends 3.2 miles northward from north service track to connecting track with CP Windsor Sub. Rule 105 (a) applicable. CASO SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 78 January 1st., 2005 7.4 ELECTRIC YARD LEAD Mile 224.5—Extends between Windsor South and Van de Water Yard. CTC controlled by RTC Toronto. Rule 49 applicable on this track.

8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Location Obstruction Side of Track or Overhead 8.1 Tillsonburg Vigero track ND23 Stairs South 8.2 St. Thomas AB34 Building Both 8.3 Mile 169.9 to Between main track North mile 173.2 and track LC08 8.4 Mile 190.5 to Between main track and mile 191.1 north storage track. North 8.5 Comber Tracks CR11 and CR12 Between tracks

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES 9.1 WESTWARD MOVEMENTS Must be inspected at mile 204.1; Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 217.0 and mile 225.2 Unless inspected at mile 78.6, Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 89 and mile 92; Unless inspected at mile 102.9, do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 113 and mile 117. 9.2 EASTWARD MOVEMENTS Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 225.2 and mile 217; Unless inspected at mile 128.1, do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 117 and mile 113, Unless inspected at mile 102.9, do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 92 and mile 89. TIME TABLE No. 59 GRIMSBY SUBDIVISION January 1st, 2005 79 GRIMSBY SUBDIVISION W E METHOD OF CONTROL METHOD OFNUMBER TRACKS MILE DOB / TGBO LIMITS ZONESWITCHING DTMF STANDBY RTC CHANNELS AND DRAGGING HOT BOX DETECTORS EQUIPMENT BRIDGE Y 0.0 NIAGARA FALLS 0.6 105 Rule Main Track Begins/Ends 2.3 2.3 2.3 CH3 CLIFTON 2.6 *5 Jct. With Stamford Sub. 420 SEAWAY 8.5 # + 2 GLENRIDGE 9.9

ST. CATHARINES 11.8 TGBO 11.0 JORDAN 16.6 CH3

CTC T2 18.9 1 NELLES RD. 26.8 GRIMSBY 27.4 32.0 32.0 33.8 MILLEN 35.3 2 CH8 DOB TGBO TGBO *5 1 HAMILTON 43.7 43.7 43.7 470# Subdivision Control Features Rule 105 applicable between mile 0.0 and mile 2.3 Main track begins at mile 2.3 CTC applicable between mile 2.3 and Hamilton

GRIMSBY SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES CTC SPECIAL FEATURES Switching Signals 1.1 Hamilton—436N and 433D, 431N, or 431S Be governed by Rule 573(d)(ii). SIGNALLED SIDINGS AND OTHER SIGNALLED TRACKS 1.2 Mile 43.2—Signalled Connecting track ( Extension of Grimsby Sub. North track) CTC controlled. Extending 0.4 miles between signal 431N North track, and signal 436N on Oakville- Grimsby connecting track. SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.3 Rule 14 Hamilton—Except to prevent an accident, the sounding of engine whistle is prohibited between mile 38.7 and mile 43.7 inclusive. (B.T.C. 40101) (R-11676). 1.4 Rule 14 (l)(iv)Applies: —in the City of Niagara Falls at: mile 2.63 (Churches Lane) (B.T.C. 121557) mile 2.84 (Stanley Ave.) mile 4.39 (Dorchester Rd.)—By-law 2000-255 —in the City of St. Catharines at: mile 9.24 (Glendale Ave.)—(R-19906) (R-23960) mile 12.0 (Louth St.)—(B.T.C. 55856) —in the Town of Grimsby at: mile 26.79 (Nelles Rd.) mile 27.42 (Ontario St.) mile 28.32 (Kerman Ave.) mile 28.84 (Roberts Rd.) mile 29.37 (Casablanca Blvd.) (R-20154) mile 29.87 (Hunter Rd.) mile 30.39 (Oakes Rd.) mile 30.90 (Kelson Ave.) Rule 14 (l)(iv)Applies: —in the Town of Stoney Creek at: mile 31.67 (50 Side Rd.) mile 32.17 (Winona Rd.) (By-law 4373-96) mile 32.69 (Lewis Rd.) mile 33.22 (McNeilly Ave.) GRIMSBY SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 80 January 1st, 2005 1.5 Rule 105 (a) applicable between mile 0.0 and mile 2.3. 1.6 Rule 107 Special Instruction (1) Applicable: As found in the Divisional Data section. 1.7 Rule 111 - Stand alone Dragging equippment detectors located at mile 6.35 and mile 10.62. Be governed by G.O.I. item 5.1(b) (Currently found in divisional data) 1.8 Rule 577 - Applicable entire Sub.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 Designated Tie-Up Tracks Unattended Locomotives Niagara Falls — NE69, and NE70. 2.2 Bridge—All movements beyond Bridge controlled by CSXT train dispatcher. 2.3 Merritton— Interchange with PCHR Permission must be received from the CN RTC before opening switch leading from PCHR Thorold Sub. to the North track Grimsby Sub. mile 9.40. 2.4 Hamilton—CTC single main track between signal 431S at mile 43.2, and mile 43.7.

3 INTERLOCKINGS 3.1 Drawbridge Mile 8.5 SEAWAY (Welland Canal Bridge 6) . . . Remotely controlled by RTC. (BTC 45364) *Rule 564/610 applicable for trains (see below) **Rule 837 applicable for track units (see below) Track Work - Prior to commencing any track work or a walking inspection of the drawbridge, employees are to contact the Engineering Track Supervisor for the territory who will instruct them on obtaining "WORK PERMIT" authority required by the Seaway. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 25 MPH. Drawbridge in service Mar. 31st until Dec. 31st. *If movement is to be made past a signal indicating STOP, Rule 564/610 applies. The RTC will not give such authority until assured by signal maintainer that derails are in non- derailing position and track within interlocking limits has been inspected and bridge locking secured. **Track Units operating under the direction of a Conductor in accordance with section 2 or Foreman operating in accordance with section 3 of "TRACK UNITS" must stop at the governing signal. Authority from the RTC must be obtained to occupy the interlocking. When drawbridge is in service, Conductor or Foreman must place knife switch to the opposite position found at the entering end of the interlocking on the track which they are authorized. The track unit will then proceed through the interlocking observing that derails are in non-derailing position on the track to be used and place the knife switch at the exiting end of the interlocking on the same track to the opposite position found. If the track unit occupies the interlocking and exits where it entered, the same knife switch must again be manipulated to the opposite position after exiting the interlocking. Knife switches are located in box marked SWITCHES at governing signals on both tracks at each end of the drawbridge.

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight 286,000 lbs. 4.2 The following units permitted on the below listed tracks: Units in locomotive Groups B, D2 and units 1750-1787, 3100-3120 and 3500-3842. Units 1054-1179, 1600-1614, 1900-1915, and 4206-4609 in single unit consists, and GR418 series units. Mile 36.3 A.E. Staley (SW-17 and SW-18) Mile 36.3 Turkstra Lumber Co. (SE-30) Mile 38.1 Fiber Glass Can. (SE-23) Mile 38.5 Hamilton Sewage Plant (SW-7, SW-8) Mile 39.3 Pearce Warehouse (AD-48) TIME TABLE No. 59 GRIMSBY SUBDIVISION January 1st, 2005 81 5 SPEEDS MPH 5.1 Mile Psgr. Frt. 0.0 to 1.0 Rule 105(Subdivision track) . 10 10 1.0 to 2.3 Rule 105(Subdivision track) . 20 20 2.3 to 2.8 zone ...... 20 20 2.6 North track until crossing occupied ...... 10 10 2.8 to 39.0 zone ...... 65 60 5.8 to 6.2 (Curve) westward movements 50 8.5 Drawbridge ...... 25 25 9.24 (Glendale Ave.) westward movements until crossing occupied ...... 50 50 10.1 to 11.4 ...... 40 40 *16.1 to 16.7 (Westward movements on South ...... Track) 45 45 *27.3 to 26.7 ( Eastward movements on South Track) ...... 45 45 39.0 to 43.7 zone ...... 30 30 41.0 (Ottawa St.) Eastward movements on north track until crossing occupied ...... 25 25 43.14 (Wellington St.) Eastward movements on north track until crossing occupied ...... 20 20 43.27 Through switches ...... 10 10 *Not marked with speed restriction signs.

5.2 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS Mile MPH *0.81 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 10 *2.11 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 20 *7.7 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 20 *7.9 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 20 *15.8 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 10 16.65 (15th St..) Westward movements proceeding after having stopped at signal 165N or 165S until crossing fully occupied ...... 15 *17.7 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 10 *27.57 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 20 35.9 (Millen Rd.) Eastward movements having stopped west of crossing, until crossing occupied ...... 5 41.0 (Hamilton, Ottawa St.) westward movements setting off or lifting at Parkdale RaiLink yard, or stopping within 1700 feet east of crossing and then proceeding over crossing, when approaching and until crossing occupied ...... 10 *41.2 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 20 *Until the last Heavy Axle Load car clears the bridge GRIMSBY SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 82 January 1st, 2005 6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Mile 2.63 (Churches Lane). Westward movements on North Lead Track NA40 must not exceed 10 MPH and if stopping within 300 feet east of crossing must press LOWER push-button northeast of crossing. Rule 103(f) (Rusty Rail Conditions) applicable on NORTH track. 6.2 Mile 2.84 (Stanley St.) warning devices. Automatic: Eastward movements on either track complying with Rule 564 must be manually protected. 6.3 Mile 9.24 (Glendale Ave.) warning devices. Automatic: Track MM65. Stop sign west of crossing. Push- buttons to STOP and START crossing protection located east of crossing. 6.4 Mile 16.65 (15TH Street) Automatic: Eastward movements stopping at signal 166 must stop clear of crossing circuit sign located approximately 120 ft. west of crossing. 6.5 Mile 26.79 (Nelles Rd.) Automatic: Westward movements stopping at signal 267 must stop clear of crossing circuit sign located approximately 120 ft. east of crossing. 6.6 Mile 34.29 (Jones Rd.). Westward movements switching at Bartex mile 34.61(SW20) must pull entire train west of Crossing circuit sign, located approx. 300 ft. west of this switch, before proceeding eastward towards the crossing. 6.7 Mile 35.32 Dewitt Rd.) Automatic: —Eastward trains stopping at signal 352N or 352S must stop clear of crossing circuit sign located approximately 120 ft. west of crossing. 6.8 Mile 36.39 (Green Rd.) Automatic: —Track SW17 (A.E. Staley). Movements entering North track must stop at stop sign and not enter crossing until warning devices have been operating for at least 20 seconds. 6.9 Mile 39.54 (Parkdale Ave.). North Track—Timing circuits extend from 1350 feet to 800 feet east and from 150 feet to 500 feet west of crossing. Movements stopping in this area must leave leading car or engine within timing circuits. An eastward movement on north track which has cleared crossing can be protected for westward movement by pushing LOWER button located in box in northeast angle of crossing. 6.10 Mile 41.02 (Ottawa St.). Timing circuit extends east from 500 feet east of crossing on north track. Movements stopping in this area must have leading car or engine within this circuit. On service tracks circuits extend 100 feet either side of crossing. 6.11 Mile 42.61 (Wentworth St.) Mile 42.99 (Victoria Ave.) warning devices. Mile 43.14 (Wellington St.) Automatic: On north track, timing circuits extend 350 feet east from each crossing. Movement stopped or switching on these circuits must operate push-button located northeast of crossings. At Wentworth St. a timing circuit extends 350 feet west of crossing on south track. Movements stopped or switching on this circuit must operate push-button located southeast of crossing. On service tracks circuits extend 100 feet either side of crossings. TIME TABLE No. 59 GRIMSBY SUBDIVISION January 1st, 2005 83 7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 NIAGARA FALLS YARD Mile 1.2 On all industrial tracks in Zones NE, NA and NJ. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH Rule 40.1 - Engineering employees must first advise the on duty yard crew (if any), prior to commencing track work on any track in Niagara Falls yard. When practicable, lock out protection is to be used in lieu of red flags displayed. Track NH40 is assigned as a designated Pullback Track from the fouling point of the yard connecting track to a point 300 ft. east of public crossing at grade Churches Lane. (1850 ft.) MAXIMUM SPEED...... 5 MPH Rule 104(c) - Switch leading from Track NE01, to track NH40 (Winery lead) may be left lined and locked in either position. In the application of Rule 40.1, any track work required to be performed on this track will be protected by locking the track out with a special lock. 7.2 PROVINCIAL ENGINEERING (NE-64) Mile 1.2—Extends eastward from track NE60. Rule 14(l)(iv) Applicable. PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE Mile 0.1 (Victoria St.). All movements must be manually protected. (B.T.C. 121557).

7.3 EAST LEG OF WYE Mile 2.3—Extends westward 0.3 miles connecting to Stamford Sub at mile 31.3. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH

7.4 TURKSTRA LUMBER Mile 36.3 Due to curvature, only one railcar in excess of 85 ft. is to be handled in a cut of cars while operating on track SE30, Turkstra Lumber mile 36.25.

7.5 A.E. STALEY Mile 36.4 Switch to tracks AE 16/17 may be left lined and locked in either position.

7.6 STONEY CREEK Mile 37.6 The following Yard switches may be left lined and locked in either position: Track SS55 off of Beach spur, and track SS57 off of service track.

7.7 PARKDALE YARD (RaiLink) Incl. all industrial trackage Mile 40.0 MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH Rule 105 (a) applicable. CN Hamilton Distribution Centre: Tracks AE02 - AE07

7.8 Mile 40.4 - 43.6 All industrial tracks (AD01 - AD44) MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH 7.8 OAKVILLE-GRIMSBY CONNECTING TRACK Mile 43.6— Extends from signal 436N mile 43.6 Grimsby Sub. at Hamilton, to signal 376S mile 37.6 Oakville Sub. (Hamilton Jct. ) Rule 105 (a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. GRIMSBY SUBDIVISION TIME TABLE No. 59 84 January 1st, 2005 8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Location Obstruction Side of Track or Overhead 8.1 Merritton Merritt St. mile 9.6 Bridge Both 8.2 Track MM66 -MM67 Columns and girders Both 8.3 St. Catharines Louth St. mile 14.5 Bridge Overhead

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES 9.1 WESTWARD MOVEMENTS: Must be inspected at mile 18.9 and mile 33.8; Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 0.0 and mile 15 and between mile 25 and mile 43.7 and having travelled 20 miles without inspection must reduce to 15 MPH. 9.2 EASTWARD MOVEMENTS: Must be inspected at mile 33.8 and mile 18.9; Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 43.7 and mile 25 and between mile 15 and mile 0.0 and having travelled 20 miles without inspection must reduce to 15 MPH. Eastward Movements from Dundas Sub: Unless inspected within 20 miles of Mile 33.8 do not exceed 15 MPH after having proceeded 20 miles from the last inspection. 20 miles from 33.8 Grimsby Sub. is Mile 7.0 Dundas Sub. 20 miles from Mile 15.8 Dundas Sub. is Mile 42 Grimsby Sub. Inspections may be performed by crews of standing trains, or by other qualified transportation employees or supervisors, or by mechanical dept. employees. TIME TABLE No. 59 STAMFORD SUB. January 1st, 2005 85 STAMFORD SUBDIVISION W E METHOD CONTROL OF NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE LIMITS / TGBO DOB ZONE SWITCHING DTMF STANDBY RTC CHANNELS DRAGGING AND HOT BOX EQUIPMENT DETECTORS Connection with CSX 0.0 0.0 BLACK ROCK 0.2 105 Rule + HARBOUR DRAW 0.3 FORT ERIE 1.0 1 DUFF 3.1 7.8 ROBBINS EAST 10.9 CH3

2 ROBBINS 12.5 DOB/TGBO *5 440 ROBBINS WEST 13.5 # YAGER 16.1 16.1 SOUTHERN YARD 17.0 CTC 19.0 CAMBRIDGE 19.9 CH3 T2 1 PORT ROBINSON EAST 21.9 PORT ROBINSON 23.1 TGBO TGBO PORT ROBINSON WEST 23.9 27.7 CLIFTON 31.6 31.6 31.6 Jct. With Grimsby Sub. Subdivision Control Features Rule 105 applicable between mile 0.0 and mile 0.3 Main track begins at mile 0.3 CTC applicable between westward signal 03D (mile 0.3) and Clifton

STAMFORD SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES CTC SPECIAL FEATURES

Switching Signals 1.1 Port Robinson East - Signals 220N and 217N or 217S Port Robinson - Signals 233N and 12S Be governed by Rule 573(c)(ii).

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.2 Between mile 0.0 and mile 0.3: Rules 42— Applicable Rule 105 (a)— Applicable 1.3 Rule14 (l)(iv) Applies: —mile 26.37 (Lundy's Lane) By-law 98-248. —in city of Niagara Falls, mile 31.6 to and including mile 27.5 (B.T.C. 121557) (R22474), (R29425). —mile 21.8 (Canby St..) By-law 2026-96. —mile 26.9 (Garner Rd.) R.17960. 1.4 Rule 577 - Applicable entire Sub.

SIGNALLED SIDINGS AND OTHER SIGNALLED TRACKS 1.5 Mile 19.9 - Cambridge Running Track Signalled track - CTC Controlled - extends between Signal 200N at Cambridge and Signal 217N at Port Robinson East where it connects with the Port Robinson Service Track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH STAMFORD SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 86 January 1st, 2005 2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Fort Erie-Buffalo—Employees whose duties are in any way affected by the Fort Erie-Buffalo operating manual will be governed by the requirements outlined in the Fort Erie Buffalo Operating Manual revisions section of the Divisional data. This section contains revisions as well as documentation requirements. 2.2 Black Rock - VEHICLE AND CARGO INSPECTION SYSTEM ( VACIS) Vehicle and Cargo Inspection Systems (VACIS) is located just east of Black Rock mile 0.1. This VACIS system is operated by United States Customs and Border Patrol (CBP) and will scan all Eastward freight trains. The CBP inspectors at the site will be in contact with CN crews to ensure proper and safe operations at all times. Instructions for trains requiring VACIS scanning. - All eastward trains will be scanned by the VACIS scanner located at Mile 0.1. - The train crew must advise the VACIS CBP inspector if employees are present in any trailing locomotives (e.g. deadheading crew) in which the operator will not start the scanning until the engine consist has gone by. In all cases, scanning of the train will not commence until the leading engine has passed the VACIS scanning location. - All trains must maintain a speed of between 5 and 7 MPH while passing the VACIS scanner. - The VACIS machine has three levels of operation as indicated by three lights on the VACIS machine itself: Green Flashing Light - Indicates that the VACIS machine is not operating. The gamma source is closed. Yellow Flashing Light - Indicates that the VACIS machine is not operating and the gamma source is closed. The VACIS is, however, ready for operation and may be activated by the CBP inspector once safe operation is confirmed. Red Flashing Light - Indicates that the gamma source is open and VACIS screening is taking place. In this case a gamma beam exists between the source in the concrete block enclosure and the detector tower on the other side of the track. - During the scanning process, The VACIS CBP inspector may contact the train crew directly with further instructions as may be required. 2.3 Harbour Draw—Delays to railway movements are second- ary in importance to the prompt opening of drawbridge mile 0.3 Stamford Sub as required for navigation. During navigation season all eastward movements will be held at the governing signal over drawbridge until customs papers are delivered and movement can proceed without stopping on bridge. 2.4 Port Robinson—Unless otherwise directed, all trains destined to the U.S. lifting and or setting off at Port Robinson will have a new WOPRT (Train Journal) generated, which is to be acquired prior to departure. If the WOPRT is not on the printer, the TRS i s to be contacted from the phone in the printer bungalow at 905-760-3883. In the event a new journal cannot be made available, train crews are reminded of the requirement of maintaining the existing train journal. This is to be done by showing the cars set off, and when lifting, indicate the position on the train the lift was made along with the list of the cars. TIME TABLE No. 59 STAMFORD SUB. January 1st, 2005 87 3 INTERLOCKINGS 3.1 Drawbridge Mile 0.3 . . . . . Erie Canal...... Harbour Draw Locally/Remotely controlled (B.T.C. 39930) *Rule 610 applicable for trains (see below) **Rule 837 applicable for track units (see below) Operator on duty between the hours of: 0800 and 1600 daily ...... Apr. 4 - Apr. 29 0800 and 2359 daily ...... May 1 - Oct. 15 0800 and 1600 daily ...... Oct 16 - Nov 26 0800 and 1600 Mon. - Fri...... Nov 28 - Dec. 30 When operator not on Duty, Remotely controlled by RTC. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. *During periods when the drawbridge is remotely controlled by the RTC, when a train or engine is stopped by an interlocking signal indicating stop and no conflicting movement is evident, Rule 610 applies. The train or engine so authorized must not proceed until a member of the crew ensures the bridgespan is lined for rail movements. **When a track unit is operated in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of "Track Units", in addition to obtaining authority from the RTC, The Conductor/Foreman must ensure the bridgespan is secured for rail movements.

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight 286,000 lbs.

5 SPEEDS 5.1 Mile MPH 0.0 to 0.3 Rule 105 (subdivision track) . . . . 10 0.3 to 28.8 zone ...... 60 0.3 to 1.0 ...... 10 1.0 to 3.0 ...... 30 *10.8 (Turnout) ...... 45 28.8 to 30.3 zone ...... 40 *30.3 to 31.6 zone ...... 15 *Not marked with speed restricting signs.

5.2 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS MILE MPH

*0.3 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 5 *0.6 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 5 *7.6 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 40 * Until the last Heavy Axle Load car clears the bridge.

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Mile 5.6 (Ridgemount Rd.). Eastward movements must cut train within 300 feet west of signal 58. Return to train movements must back clear of signal 58 before again proceeding towards crossing. STAMFORD SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 88 January 1st, 2005 7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 FORT ERIE Mile 1.6—Yard Rule 104(c) - Switches at both ends of track EE01 may be left lined and locked in either position. Rule 104.5 (c) - Exception Derail in service on the east end of track EE01. Derail is located approx. 60 ft. west of the east end fouling point of track EE01 Note: Employees must ensure that the switch to track EE01 at the east end is left lined and locked for normal position ( i.e. Lined for EE99) when required to place this derail in the derailing position. Permission must be obtained from the RTC before entering Track EE03 from Fort Erie Yard. RTC MUST be advised when trains or engines are clear of tracks EE01, EE03 or EE099, in additional RTC MUST be informed whether there is equipment left on these tracks or not. Rule 105 (a) applicable on track EE99 RULE 112 - Handbrakes need not be applied on equipment left on tracks EE04 to EE06 inclusive unless extenuating circumstances require same. Cars must not be left in tracks EE-01, EE-03, or EE 99 without permission from RTC. FORT ERIE SOUTH SPUR —Extends westward 1.1 miles. from EL07 lead to 400ft. south of Gilmore Rd. On all yard tracks in Zones EB, EE, EW and ET, MAXIMUM SPEED 10 MPH PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE Mile 1.0 (Gilmore Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: Stop signs both sides of crossing. HORTON STEEL Extends southward—Switch points face west. PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE Mile 0.05 (Central Ave.). All movements must be manually protected (B.T.C. 91582). 7.2 ROBBINS CONNECTING TRACKS Mile 12.6 and mile 13.5—connecting with CP Hamilton sub. (OCS) at Brookfield east forming a wye. CTC controlled by CN RTC Toronto Rule 49 applicable on both east and west connecting tracks. MAXIMUM SPEEDS East Connecting track ...... 30 MPH West Connecting track ...... 10 MPH Movements required to proceed north onto CP Trackage will be governed by the following: CP Hamilton Sub. Brookfield East to Feeder East (For- merly PCHR Cayuga Line) OCS controlled by CP RTC. All movements must be in possession of a CP OCS clearance for this track, and have accessible and be governed by: - CP HAMILTON SUB BROOKFIELD EAST TO FEEDER YARD information package; - Current CP monthly operating bulletin; - Applicable portion to the CP Time Table or supplement thereto; and - Current CP Daily Operating Bulletin covering this track. - CP RTC Channel 6(21-81), press *-7-1-1, listen for two short beeps then two rings, then turn back to CP Standby channel 82(47-47) and await RTC's response. TIME TABLE No. 59 STAMFORD SUB. January 1st, 2005 89 PCHR Cayuga Line between Feeder East mile 19.2 to end of track mile 22.0 and; PCHR Canal Line between mile 1.0 and mile 14.0 (to allow for the wyeing of power) Rule 105 territory Rule 105 (a) applicable Rule 42, and DOB not applicable. 7.3 HUMBERSTONE Mile 16.0 —Extends Southward 5.9 miles from signal 59 to Mitchell St. Rule 105 (a) applicable. Rule 14 (l) (iv) Applies: —i n town of Port Colborne, mile 0.0 up to and including mile 0.41 (Killaly St.) (B.T.C. 45316). SPEEDS Mile 0.0 to 0.6 All public crossings at grade (B.T.C. 56098) ...... 10 Mile 1.09 No. 3 Highway (R.T.C. R-1474) ...... 15 Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 263,000 lbs. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Rule 103.1 (f) (Rusty rail Conditions) applicable at all public crossings at grade protected by automatic warning devices. Mile 0.06 (Fares St.) warning devices. Automatic: Southward movements must stop at a stop sign located 50 feet north of crossing.

7.4 SOUTHERN YARD Mile 16.7 WELLAND TUBE Access from east end of Southern Yard. Extends 1.2 miles south. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE. Mile 0.37 (Hwy. 140) Mile 0.85 (Rusholme Rd.) Stop signs Rule 103.1(f) (Rusty rail Conditions) applicable at all public crossings at grade protected by automatic warning devices.

7.5 PORT ROBINSON SERVICE TRACK Mile 21.9—Extends between mile signal 220N at mile 21.9 and mile 23.2 adjacent to main track. This track must be left clear unless authorized by RTC. Permission must be obtained from the RTC prior to entering the service track from Port Robinson Yard. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. Rule 104(c) - Switches from service track (JC30) to the yard at both east end (mile 21.9) and the west end (mile 23.1) may be left lined and locked in either position. PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE Mile 21.8 (Canby St.) ...... Until crossing occupied Maximum ...... 10 MPH Eastbound trains required to lift traffic at Port Robinson Yard must cut back far enough to ensure that after making their lift and doubling back to their train that Canby St. is not blocked. Westbound trains when setting off/lifting at Pt. Robinson Yard must ensure that the tail end of their train is clear of Canby St.

7.6 PORT ROBINSON YARD Mile 22.0— RULE 112 - Handbrakes need not be applied on equipment left on tracks JC31 to JC38 inclusive unless extenuating circumstances require same. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. STAMFORD SUB. TIME TABLE No. 59 90 January 1st, 2005 7.7 GEON CHEMICAL LTD. Mile 22.6—Extends 2.0 miles eastward from west switching lead Port Robinson yard, beginning at switch JC 38. Rule 105 (a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE Mile 1.71 (Townline Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: Stop signs both sides of crossing. 7.8 THOROLD CONNECTING Mile 23.1—Extends Northward 0.7 miles connecting to Thorold Spur at mile 2.0. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH THOROLD SPUR Mile 23.9 - Extends 3.8 miles Northward from Signal 20 on the Thorold Connecting Track. Rule 105(a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH Heaviest car permitted gross weight 263,000 lbs. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 1.98 (Barron Rd.) Automatic Warning Devices: Movements complying with Rule 564 from Port Robinson West must be manually protected. Mile 2.71 (Hwy. 20) Automatic Warning Devices Southward movements on both the old main and siding track must not exceed 5 MPH from crossing circuit sign until crossing fully occupied.

Mile 3.6 - Coniagas Extends northward 0.7 miles. Switch points face south. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 3.74 (Hayes Dana Rd.) Stop signs located on each side of Hayes Dana road on all tracks.

7.9 THOROLD WYE Mile 23.9—Extends westward 0.5 miles connecting to Thorold Spur at mile 2.0. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH.

7.10 EAST LEG OF WYE Mile 31.3—Extends eastward 0.3 miles connecting to Grimsby Sub at mile 2.3. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH.

8 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES 8.1 Between mile 23.0 and mile 31.6 movements must not exceed 35 MPH and having travelled 20 miles without inspection must reduce to 15 MPH. Eastward movements via Clifton from the Grimsby Sub. unless inspected between mile 14.0 Grimsby Sub. and mile 27.7 Stamford Sub., do not exceed 15 MPH between mile 27.7 and mile 23.0. Westward movements must be inspected at mile 7.8 and at mile 27.7. TIME TABLE No. 59 WESTON SUB January 1st, 2005 91 WESTON SUBDIVISION W E METHOD OF CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE LIMITS DOB/TGBO ZONE(S)SWITCHING DTMF STANDBY RTC CHANNELS / DRAGGING HOT BOX EQUIPMENT DETECTORS TORONTO 0.0 BATHURST ST. 1.1

USRC STRACHAN 1.5 1.6 1.6 PARKDALE 2.5 Jct. With Newmarket Sub. CH 4 2 BLOOR 4.0 *5 + WEST TORONTO 5.1 011# KEELE 5.3 WESTON 8.6 McGILL 9.4 DOB/TGBO DOB/TGBO CTC 1 ETOBICOKE NORTH 11.0 CH4 WOODBINE EAST 12.5 T2 2 WOODBINE WEST 14.1 MALTON 14.7

1 HALWEST Y 17.0 17.0 17.0 Jct. With HALTON Sub. SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURES Union Station Rail Corridor interlocking between Toronto and mile 1.6 CTC between mile 1.6 and Halwest Mtce. Of Way Radio Channels Mile 1.6 to 17.0 - CH 82

WESTON SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES

CTC SPECIAL FEATURES 1.1 Switching Signals Woodbine East/Woodbine West Signals 123D, 125, 126, 126D, 139N and 140D Be governed by Rule 573(c) (ii).

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.2 Rule 14(l) (iv)Applies: —between mile 0.0 and mile 9.7 (B.T.C. 24251-70106-57201) at mile 13.1 (Carlingview Drive) R-25551 at mile 15.3 (North Alarton St.) B.T.C. 104427 at mile 16.2 (Torbram Rd.) B.T.C. 11998 1.3 Rule 102— Applicable at: Weston Sub. mile: CP Galt Sub mile: Mile 1.6 to 4.8 1.5 to 4.6 CP CH 1 (91-91) CP MacTier Sub mile: Mile 5.1 to 5.7 0.2 to 0.9 CP CH 4 (67-67) Mile 8.4 to 9.3 3.6 to 14.5 CP CH 4 (67-67) 1.4 Rule 107—not applicable at GO Bloor, Etobicoke North and Malton. 1.5 Rule 577 - Applicable entire Sub. 1.6 Rule 568—Yard switches from service tracks at crossovers to electrically-locked hand operated switches at mile 10.85, 15.66 and 15.67 must not be reversed until permission has been received from RTC to use the electrically-locked hand operated switch.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES Nil WESTON SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 92 January 1st, 2005 3 INTERLOCKINGS 3.1 Mile 0.0 to Mile 1.6 Locally controlled by Train Movement Directors Union Station Rail Corridor. See USRC Special Instructions 3.2 Railway crossing at grade Mile 4.8 . . . . CP Rail North Toronto and Mactier Subs. . . Remotely controlled by CP Rail RTC Montreal. (B.T.C.113869) MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 35 MPH. Rule 610/564 applicable for trains - Rule 610 authority must be obtained first from CP Rail RTC,(CP CH-4) , Rule 564 must then be obtained from CN RTC Toronto. CP RTC Phone No. 514 - 392-5343 Rule 839 applicable for track units Track units operating under the direction of a Conductor will be governed by Section 2 of "Track Units." Permission must be obtained from the CP Rail, RTC.

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 286,000 lbs. 4.2 Locomotive in groups F, G and H must not be operated on industrial spurs and other tracks without special authority.

5 SPEEDS MPH 5.1 Mile PsgrFrt 1.6 to 5.3 zone ...... 55 35 1.3 to 1.6 (Westward movements) until Strachan Ave. occupied . . . 30 15 1.9 to 1.6 (Eastward movements) until Strachan Ave. occupied . . . 30 15 4.6 to 5.0 Westward movements . . . . 35 *4.8 Over Diamond ...... 35 35 5.4 to 5.0 Eastward movements . . . . . 35 5.3 to 17.0 zone ...... 80 60 8.2 to 9.3 ...... 35 35 12.5 to 14.1 North track ...... 30 30

* Not marked with speed restricting signs

5.2 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS *3.1 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 20 *9.6 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge ...... 20 * Until the last Heavy Axle Load car clears the bridge.

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Mile 8.6 (John St.). Movements stopped on either side of crossing, or if reverse movements are to be made, push- button must be operated before occupying crossing. Push- buttons are located on station platform and both sides of crossing. 6.2 Mile 8.7 (King St.). Movements stopped on either side of crossing, or if reverse movements are to be made, push- button must be operated before occupying crossing. Push- buttons are located on station platform and both sides of crossing. 6.3 Mile 8.9 (Church St.). Timing circuit sign located 200 feet west of crossing. Eastward movements stopping at west swt Weston must stop within 50 feet and west of this sign. Cars or engines must not be left standing between this sign and block end sign located east of crossing. TIME TABLE No. 59 WESTON SUB January 1st, 2005 93 7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 KEELE CP CONNECTING TRACK Mile 5.48 Extends 100 Ft. east to the CP Mactier Sub. Connection to CP Mactier will be governed by signal 06B. 7.2 FACELLE Mile 8.0 (Denison Rd. East) warning devices. Automatic: When switching tracks J362 and J350 cars must not be left west of marker located 600 feet west of J362 switch. 7.3 WESTON CP DETOUR CONNECTING TRACK Mile 8.1 Extends 120 Ft. east to the CP Mactier Sub. Switch points face East. Connection to CP Mactier sub is via an electrically Locked hand throw switch. Movements operating via the detour connecting track must be in possesion of the applicable authorities from the destination railway. 7.4 NORTH SERVICE Mile 10.7 to mile 12.5, and mile 14.1 to mile 16.3. Rule 105 (a)applicable, including all industrial tracks leading off of service track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 15.3 (North Alarton St.). - Mile 16.2 (Torbram Rd.). Automatic: Circuits extend 300 feet each side of crossing. Cars must not be left standing on these circuits. GENERAL MILLS Mile 11.8—Extends northward off north service track.

EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Engines are not permitted inside building on track X181. MAXIMUM SPEED X180 lead between the service track switch and switch to track X187 (Curve) ...... 10 MPH WESTON-HALTON CONNECTING Mile 16.3— Continuation of north service track connecting to Halton Sub. South service track mile 10.5. Movements from the Halton Sub. via the connecting track handling single track dimensional shipments must contact RTC before entering service track and fouling the main track. 7.5 SOUTH SERVICE Mile 11.1 to mile 17.0. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH Rule 105 (a)applicable, including all industrial tracks leading off of service track. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 13.1 (Carlingview Dr.). - Mile 15.3 (North Alarton St.). Mile 16.2 (Torbram Rd.). Automatic: Circuits extends 300 feet each side of crossings. Cars must not be left standing on these circuits. HIGHBURY Mile 11.7—Extends southward off south service track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH Including all industrial trackage leading off of this lead. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Movements over Belfield Rd., Vulcan St. and Iron St. must be manually protected. T. J.LIPTON Employees must not ride the sides of cars while operating on track X230. Only tank cars are allowed beyond the beginning of the pipe loading rack. Locomotives must not proceed beyond the beginning of the pipe rack loading area of that track. WESTON SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 94 January 1st, 2005 THOMPSON'S TERMINAL LTD. X240 MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. Equipment other than 50 ft. box cars are prohibited. McMILLAN BATHURST - A.B.C. PLASTIC Mile 12.5—Extends southward off of south service track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. AMERICAN CAN Mile 13.9—Extends southward off south service track. Cars exceeding 70 feet in length on track G714, American Can, must be handled as single car movement. NORAMPAC LEAD Mile 16.5—Extends southward off south service track. MAXIMUM SPEED incl. G784-G785 ...... 10 MPH. 7.6 BRAMALEA COMMUTER LEAD Mile 17.0—Extends 3400 ft. west from signal 110 at Halwest to electric lock 1185 mile 11.8 Halton Sub. CTC applicable between signal 110 and signal 114 at Halwest. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 25 MPH. Rule 49 applicable between signal 110 and signal 114 at Halwest. Rule 105 and Rule 105(a) applicable between eastward signal 114 on the commuter lead and electric lock 1185. Verbal permission must be obtained from the RTC prior to entering the commuter lead from track F602 or F603. Switches to tracks F602 and F603 must be lined and locked for normal except when in use.

8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Location Obstruction Side or Overhead 8.1 Parkdale Queen St., Lansdowne Ave. and Bridges Both Brock Ave. Subway

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES 9.1 Movements handling loaded cars of dangerous commodities must not exceed 35 MPH between mile 4.8 and mile 9.5. Movements handling loaded cars of special dangerous commodities must not exceed: 35 MPH between mile 0.0 and mile 4.8, 25 MPH between mile 4.8 and mile 9.5, 35 MPH between mile 9.5 and mile 17.0, and must ensure that inspection is made within 20 miles of previous inspection. TIME TABLE No. 59 HALTON SUB January 1st, 2005 95 HALTON SUBDIVISION W E METHOD OF CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE SIDING IN CAPACITY FEET DOB/TGBO LIMITS ZONE(S)SWITCHING DTMF STANDBY RTC CHANNELS / DRAGGING HOT BOX EQUIPMENT DETECTORS *Jct. With York Sub. 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 Halton Inbound signalled track 0.7 **7480 Halton Outbound signalled track 1.1 2 SNIDER WEST 1.2 1 HUMBER 4.3 GOREWAY Y 8.8 MALPORT 9.7 TORBRAM 2 10.5 11.1 HALWEST Y 11.2 Jct. With Weston Sub. CH4 BRAMALEA 11.6 *5 PEEL 14.3 011#

1 BRAMPTON EAST 15.2 DOB/TGBO BRAMPTON 15.4 CH4 + 2 22.9 CREDIT 22.5 (T2) CTC 1 GEORGETOWN 23.5 ***990 SILVER 24.1 2 Jct. With GEXR Guelph Sub. STEWARTTOWN 26.4 1 2 SPEYSIDE 28.0 1 MANSWOOD 32.3 2 MILBASE 34.3 36.6 1 ASH 39.5 2 TANSLEY 43.1 CH8 1 *5 470 2 BURLINGTON WEST 49.5 49.5 49.5 Jct. With Oakville Sub. # SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURES CTC between mile 0.0 and Burlington West Mtce. Of Way Channels Mile 0.0 - 39.5 (CH 82) Mile 39.5 - 49.5 (CH 81) HALTON SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.1 Rule 14(l) (iv) Applies: at mile 8.80 (Goreway Dr.) at mile 10.49 (Torbram Rd.) (B.T.C. 119988) at mile 14.93 (James St.) at mile 14.95 (John St.) (B.T.C. 118645) at mile 15.53 (Mill St. North) (B.T.C. 118645) at mile 17.24 (Chinguacousy Rd.) (Bylaw 208-90) at mile 19.17 (Mississauge Rd.) (Bylaw2002-080) at mile 20.14 (Heritage Rd.) (Bylaw2002-080) at mile 21.15 (Winston Churchill Blvd.) (Bylaw 94-147) at mile 25.3 (Halton County Rd. No. 3) (Bylaw 90-155) at mile 25.43 (No. 17th Sideroad) (Bylaw 90-155) at mile 36.78 (Derry Road) (Bylaw 21-93) at mile 38.72 (Britannia Rd.) (Bylaw 26-96) at mile 40.69 (Lower Baseline) (Bylaw 16-95) at mile 41.63 (Tremain Rd.) (Bylaw 16-95) at mile 44.44 (Appleby Line) at mile 45.19 (Upper Middle Rd.) (Bylaw 17-1989) at mile 46.16 (Mainway Drive) HALTON SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 96 January 1st, 2005 1.2 Rule 42 and 43—In the application of these rules, when a GBO refers to "ALL TRACKS" between mile 0.0 and mile 1.1 Halton Sub., it includes both the Halton Inbound and Outbound Tracks, and the By-Pass track. 1.3 Rule 83.1(g) TGBO - ENGINE MOVEMENTS BETWEEN MACMILLAN YARD AND B.I.T. -Trains departing BIT, but required to obtain power at MacMillan Yard will operate to BIT using the applicable DOB. The TGBO for their train will be obtained at BIT. All trains scheduled to terminate at BIT, then required to bring their power to MacMillan yard (with or without cars) will operate to MacMillan yard using the applicable DOB. Their TGBO will be considered retired upon arriving at BIT. Note: Through trains setting off at BIT will continue to operate with their TGBO. 1.4 Rule 104.2—Not applicable at Dual control swt No. 3 at Brampton. 1.5 Rule 107—Not applicable at Bramalea and Brampton Rule 107 Special instruction(1) Applicable at Georgetown VIA Station. (As found in the divisional Data section) 1.6 Rule 577 - Applicable entire Sub.

CTC SPECIAL FEATURES 1.7 Eastward signals 090N and 090N1 at Goreway are located on a cantilever structure and to the left of the tracks they govern. Signal 090N governs movements on the North track. Signal 090N1governs movements on the North Service Track.

SIGNALLED SIDINGS AND OTHER SIGNALLED TRACKS 1.8 Mile 0.3 Halton Outbound Signalled track CTC Controlled -Extends 4900 ft.from signal 003N at MacMillan Yard to signal 011N at mile 1.1 Snider West MAXIMUM SPEED 0.3 to 0.7 ...... 20 MPH. 0.7 to 1.1 ...... 50 MPH. 1.9 Mile 0.3 Halton Inbound Signalled track CTC controled-Extends 2790 ft.from signal 003S at MacMillan Yard to signal 007S at mile 0.7 Snider West MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 20 MPH. 1.10 **Mile 1.2 Signalled track (York-Halton By-pass track) CTC controlled Extends 7480 ft. to mile 23.9 York Sub. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 30 MPH. 1.11 ***Mile 23.2 Signalled track (Georgetown Station Track) CTC Controlled Extends 990 ft. to mile 23.6. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES General operating Instructions 2.1 Wayside Detector Talker systems G.O.I. item 5.6(a) NOT APPLICABLE to Eastward GO trains at mile 22.9 where an inspection of equipment has been performed prior to departing Georgetown. 2.2 Designated Tie-up Tracks Unattended Locomotives B.I.T...... Y206. 2.3 *Mile 0.0 .—Junction with York Sub. is at Local Control Dual Control Switch mile 24.3 York Sub.Rule 104.2(a) Special instruction as found in the divisional data section applicable. 2.4 Mile 1.1 Jane St.—Outgoing crews changing off must contact RTC for protection while performing train inspection. 2.5 Mile 34.3 Milbase— Due to no walkways, employees are not to occupy this bridge when it is occupied with equipment. 3 INTERLOCKING 3.1 Railway crossing at grade Mile 15.6 . . CANDU Owen Sound Sub...... Remotely controlled by RTC Toronto. (B.T.C. 116416). . . Rule 564/610 applicable for trains ...... Rule 839 applicable for track units ...... MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 35 MPH. TIME TABLE No. 59 HALTON SUB January 1st, 2005 97 4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 286,000 lbs. 4.2 Units in locomotive groups F, G and H must not be operated on industrial spurs and other tracks within this territory without special authority. 5 SPEEDS MPH 5.1 General (a) 80T applies to Freight Trains exceeding 80 Tons per operative Brake. 100T applies to freight trains exceeding 8000ft. and 100 tons per operative brake. Tons per operative brake as indicated on the WOPRT (Train Journal), or gross tonnage divided by the number of cars. (b) Speeds approaching signals applicable unless or until it can be determined that such signal is displaying a more favorable indication than RESTRICTING or CLEAR TO STOP. (c) *Not marked with speed restriction signs.

5.2 Mile MPH

From To Frt. 80T 100T 0.0 to 0.7 ZONE 30 30 30 0.7 to 11.2 ZONE 50 50 50 2.6 movements handling loaded ore cars 30 30 30 3.9 to 4.6 45 45 45 6.3 eastward approaching signal 064N/S 45 7.9 westward approaching signal 079N/S 35 30 7.9 eastward approaching signal 078N/S 45 10.6 eastward approaching signal 106N 40 40 40 11.2 to 14.2 ZONE 55 55 55 11.3 eastward approaching signal 112S 45 45 45 14.2 to 15.7 ZONE 50 50 50 *14.2 Through turnout 45 45 45 *15.2 Through turnout 45 45 45 15.6 Over diamond 35 35 35 Movements handling GO coaches 10 10 10 15.7 to 22.2 ZONE 55 55 55 15.7 South Track eastward approaching signal 158S 30 10 17.2 eastward approaching signal 172N/S 40 35 18.9 eastward approaching signal 190N/S 50 45 22.2 to 49.5 ZONE 50 50 50 22.3 westward approaching signal 223N/S 35 35 *22.3 Through turnout 45 45 45 *22.7 Through turnout 45 45 45 24.2 North Track 45 45 45 26.3 to 26.5 45 45 45 *28.1 Through turnout 45 45 45 *32.3 Through turnout 45 45 45 *34.3 Through turnout 45 45 45 36.1 westward approaching signal 361 45 40 37.7 westward approaching signal 377 45 *39.4 Through turnout 45 45 45 42.9 to 43.2 45 45 45 44.7 westward approaching signal 447N/S 45 35 46.3 westward approaching signal 463N/S 40 35 47.7 westward approaching signal 477N/S 45 35 49.0 to 49.5 40 40 40 49.3 westward approaching signal 493N/S 35 HALTON SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 98 January 1st, 2005 5.3 SPEEDS - Passenger and Road Railer Mile MPH

From To Pass Road Railer 0.0 to 0.7 ZONE 30 30 0.7 to 11.2 ZONE 50 50 3.9 to 4.6 45 45 11.2 to 14.2 ZONE 60 60 14.2 to 15.7 ZONE 50 50 *14.2 Through turnout 45 45 *15.2 Through turnout 45 45 15.6 Over diamond 35 35 15.7 to 22.2 ZONE 70 60 22.2 to 49.5 ZONE 50 50 *22.3 Through turnout 45 45 *22.7 Through turnout 45 45 24.2 North Track 45 45 26.3 to 26.5 45 45 *28.1 Through turnout 45 45 *32.3 Through turnout 45 45 *34.3 Through turnout 45 45 *39.4 Through turnout 45 45 42.9 to 43.2 45 45 49.0 to 49.5 40 40

5.4 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS *4.1 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 20 * Until the last Heavy Axle Load car clears the bridge.

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Mile 8.8 (Goreway Dr.) Automatic warning devices. All movements complying with Rule 564 must be manually protected. Eastward trains stopped on the south track at signal 090S must stop clear of crossing circuit sign located 200 ft. west of crossing. 6.2 Mile 10.5 (Torbram Rd.) Automatic warning devices. All movements on north track complying with Rule 564 must be manually protected. Stop signs on both sides of crossing on south service track. 6.3 Mile 15.5 (Mill St.) Automatic warning devices. Timing circuit extends 800 feet east of crossing on north track only. Westward movements which have stopped on timing circuit regardless of how long, MUST depress push-button located either on station platform, station wall, or near the crossing IMMEDIATELY prior to movement proceeding. Movements complying with Rule 564 must be manually protected. 6.4 Mile 27.7 (Fifth Line Rd.). Westward movements on either track unable to clear between signals 281S, 281N and crossing located approximately 1600 feet east of these signals must stop with leading car or engine at least 150 feet east of crossing.

7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 MACMILLAN YARD Mile 0.3 Halton Inbound and Outbound tracks - Employ- ees entering or working in MacMillan Yard must have a copy of the current MacMillan Yard operating Manual accessible while on duty. Northward movements on the Halton Outbound must stop at the PPZ stop sign located approx. 400 ft. north of Hwy. 407 overpass, and must not proceed until permission from the West Control Yard Coordinator has been received to enter the limits of the PPZ (Point Protection Zone). TIME TABLE No. 59 HALTON SUB January 1st, 2005 99 7.2 HUMBERLINE Mile 7.0—Extends southward off south track, swt points face east. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 0.94 (Humberline Dr.)—All movements must be manually protected. (C.T.C. R-37139) MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 7.3 BRAMPTON INTERMODAL TERMINAL (B.I.T.) Mile 8.7 and Mile 10.5—Employees entering or operating within Brampton Intermodal Terminal must have a copy of the current Brampton Intermodal Terminal Operating Manual accessible while on duty. Entrance to Intermodal Yard from north track at mile 8.7. Swt points face east. Service track extends between mile 8.8 and mile 10.5 off north track. Entrance to Intermodal Yard from service track at mile 8.9 and mile 9.5. Swt points face east and west forming a wye. MAXIMUM SPEED over utilitycrossing south end of track Y243...... 10 MPH Trains must not accept signal indication to enter B.I.T. Yard at Goreway, or enter the west leg of the wye track from the west without first obtaining permission and yarding instructions from either the Terminal Coordinator or the Operations Of- ficer at B.I.T. (monitors CH - CN07) Trains arriving between the hours of 2300 Sat., and 0700 Sun. will recieve permission and yarding instructions from the RTC. Prior to movements departing permission must be obtained from the Terminal Coordinator or when not on duty, from RTC. RULE 112—Handbrakes need not be applied on all yard tracks at B.I.T., unless extenuating circumstances require same, with the following exeptions: Hand brakes to a maximum of one (1) handbrake must be applied on equipment left on tracks Y291 or Y292 (Torbram support Yard) . Handbrakes to a maximum of two (2), when available, must be applied on equipment left on track Y290 (North service track). Entire cuts of cars must not be left south of sign indicating same located approx. 1150 ft. south of the B.I.T. Yard office. AIR BRAKES GENERAL Crews may be directed by the Yard Coordinator or other proper authority to leave equipment with the angle cock closed on the following yard tracks: Y200 to Y216 incl. Such equipment must first have the air brakes applied in either full service or emergency. Combination Blue Flag Derail located at the south end of PAD "0" (Y240) approx. 180 ft. north of the crossover switch leading to that track. This Blue Flag Derail will be used by Intermodal Dept. Employees only and will be left lined and locked in the Non- derailing position when protection is no longer required. NORTH PARK INDUSTRIAL Extends northward from track Y201 at mile 3.1. Switch points face south. FARM CROSSING Mile 3.3—Protected by gates, equipped with locks, across tracks on both sides of crossing. All movements must stop at stop signs, open gates and after movement over crossing completed must close and lock gates before proceeding. HALTON SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 100 January 1st, 2005 7.4 SOUTH SERVICE Mile 9.4 and Mile 11.1—south of south track. Equipment must not be left on this track without authorization from the RTC. RULE 104—Switch to track C320 (under Airport Rd. overpass) may be left lined and locked in either position. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 10.5 (Torbram Rd.) automatically protected. Stop signs both sides of crossing. SELF RESTORING DERAIL Located at the east end of track C300 (Service track) NOTE: This derail is not placed into non-derailling position automatically at any time. A stop is always required to place it into the non-derailling position. In addition, the position of this derail is not reflected in any way on the CTC signals governing movements into and out of the yard. 1 - Movement must stop prior to passing stop signs located 100 ft. from the derail in each direction. 2 - Open the door to the control box and push the button marked "Derail Off" Note: control boxes are located at west end stop sign and at the derail 3 - If the derail fails to completely move to the non-derailing position, it must be operated by hand.(see below) 4 - A proceed signal may then be given for the movement. 5 - Close and lock the control box. NOTE: If after moving the derail to the non-derailing position and the movement will not occupy the track circuit, the derail must be restored to the derailing position by toggling the switch in the control box at the derail labeled "Auto, Off, Manual" to "Manual" and then pushing the button marked "Derail On". The mechanism will then move the derail to the derailing position. The toggle should then be returned to the "Auto" position. Close and lock the control box. SELF RESTORING FEATURE After occupying the track circuit of the derail, and when the entire movement has been detected by the track circuits as being clear of the derail, the derail will automatically restore to derailing position. An automated radio broadcast will then be initiated on CH01 stating "CN DERAIL EAST END TRACK C300 RESTORED TO DERAILING POSITION" Upon hearing this message, the crew of the movement which has passed over the derail may consider Rule 104.5 (c) as being complied with. If the message is not heard, the RTC must be advised and the crew of the movement which has passed over the derail is responsible to ascertain by other means that the derail has been restored to derailing position. TRACK UNITS OPERATING AS TRAINS UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A CONDUCTOR OR A FOREMAN. 1 - Movement must stop prior to passing stop signs which are located 100 ft. from the derail in each direction. 2 - Open the door to the control box at the derail, toggling the switch to "Manual" and then push the button marked "Derail Off" which will remove the derail. 3 - Track unit(s) may then move over the derail. 4 - When all movements have cleared the derail circuit, push the button marked "Derail On" to restore the derail to derailing position. Toggle the Switch to "Auto". 5 - Close and lock door to the control box. If at any time the self restoring derail must be operated and/ or restored by hand, employees will be governed by the instructions for hand operation posted in the "Hand Opera- tion" box at the derail. Such must be reported to the RTC and Trainmaster - Malport

7.5 MALPORT YARD Mile 10.0 RULE 112 -Application of Handbrakes is as follows: C300 to C319 coupled with one handbrake applied. When practicable, the handbrake will be applied on the West end car. TIME TABLE No. 59 HALTON SUB January 1st, 2005 101 7.6 HALTON-WESTON CONNECTING Extends from service track mile 10.5 Halton Sub. to mile 15.6 Weston Sub. Movements from the Weston Sub. via connecting track handling single track dimensional shipments must contact RTC before entering service track and fouling south track. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 16.2—Weston Sub. (Torbram Rd.) automatically protected. Circuits extend 1000 feet either side of crossing. Cars must not be left standing on these circuits. 7.7 UNLESS FURTHER RESTRICTED, ALL TRACKS AND LEADS OFF THE HALTON SUB IN "D", "E", AND"F" ZONES MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 7.8 BRAMALEA EAST SERVICE Mile 11.4—Extends from North Track 3100 feet to mile 12.0 Rule 105 (a) applicable. TORBRAM INDUSTRIAL - Mile 11.8 ("D" Lead)—Extends north from Bramalea East service track, swt points face west. Rule 105 (a) applicable including all industrial trackage leading off of spur. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Cars exceeding 70 feet in length are not permitted without prior permission from Manager Train Service. Mile 2.8 (B.C. Polygrinder Track D 485). Engines must not operate past the point of restricted clearance. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 0.4 (Bramalea Rd.)—All movements must wait until the strobe light on top of the instrument case, located in the southwest quadrant, is flashing indicating traffic lights are at stop before occupyng crossing. Traffic lights will restore automatically when movement is completed Mile 1.30 (Torbram Rd.) 10 MPH until crossing fully occupied. Mile 2.8 (Clark Blvd.) 10 MPH until crossing fully occupied. Mile 3.27 (Summerlea Rd.)—Movements must stop and be manually protected (B.T.C. 24932). 7.9 BRAMALEA COMMUTER LEAD Mile 11.8—Extends east from South Track 3400 ft.feet to signal 110 at Halwest. Rule 105 and Rule 105(a) applicable between electric lock 1185 and eastward signal 114 on the commuter lead. Verbal permission must be obtained from the RTC prior to entering the commuter lead from track F602 or F603. Switches to tracks F602 and F603 must be lined and locked for normal except when in use. CTC applicable between signal 114 and signal 110 at Halwest - MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 25 MPH. Rule 49 applicable between signal 114 and signal 110 at Halwest. 7.10 BRAMALEA WEST SERVICE Mile 12.4—Extends from North Track 4500 feet to mile 13.3 Rule 105 (a) applicable. 7.11 SOUTH SERVICE Mile 12.6—Extends from South Track 7600 feet to mile 14.2 Rule 105 (a) applicable. Mile 12.7—F615 (Ford) Cars exceeding 70 feet in length are not permitted. Mile 13.7—F641,F642 (Bamburger) Cars exceeding 70 feet in length are not permitted without prior permission from the Trainmaster. 7.12 METRO CANADA WAREHOUSING Mile 12.7—Track F607, extends southward 2150 feet from south service track, swt points face west. Track F608, extends 581 feet southward off track F607. Switch points face north. Cars exceeding 58 feet in length are not permitted on tracks F607 and F608. Cars must not be left standing on grade descending southward toward loading platforms. HALTON SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 102 January 1st, 2005 7.13 GLIDDEN LEAD Mile 13.2—Extends southward off south service track. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Glidden Road Public Crossing ...... 10 MPH. 7.14 GEORGETOWN North Service Track—Tracks BB 45, BB 46, BB 47 and BB 48 are designated GO Commuter tracks and movements other than GO Transit must not use these tracks without authority. Track BB-40 (East Commuter Lead) must not be blocked without RTC permission. The setting off of any form of rail equipment between signal 232D and the East Commuter lead is prohibited. 7.15 MILTON TOWN SPUR Mile 33.6—Switch points face east from South Track BC22 Taiga Lumber MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 7.16 CONSUMERS GLASS LEAD Mile 34.4—Extends northward 1 mile. Switch points face east. Rule 105 (a) applicable.

8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Location Obstruction Side of Track or Overhead 8.1 Macmillan Yard Conport Terminals Buildings and all tracks containers Both Cargo-Flo tracks Cement Pillars Side A194-A195 between tracks

8.2 North end of C and L yards Between tracks Both

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES 9.1 WESTWARD MOVEMENTS Westward movements from Newmarket or York Subs., unless inspected between mile 21.6 York Sub. and mile 2.4 Halton Sub. do not exceed 15 MPH between mile 2.4 and mile 11.2. Westward movements from Bala Sub., destined Brampton Intermodal Terminal unless inspected between mile 20.0 Bala Sub. and mile 1.0 Halton Sub. do not exceed 15 MPH between mile 1.0 and mile 8.7. Westward movements from Bala Sub., unless inspected between mile 22.4 York Sub. and mile 1.0 Halton Sub. do not exceed 15 MPH between mile 1.0 and mile 11.2. Westward movements must be inspected at mile 11.2, 22.9 and mile 36.6. Unless inspected at mile 11.2, do not exceed 15 MPH between mile 21 and mile 22.9 Unless inspected at mile 22.9, do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 32.2 and mile 37. Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 0.0 and mile 21.0 and between mile 42.0 and mile 49.5.

9.2 EASTWARD MOVEMENTS Eastward movements must be inspected at mile 36.6, mile 22.9, and mile 11.2 Unless inspected at mile 22.9, do not exceed 15 MPH between mile 16.6 and mile 11.2. Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 49.5 and mile 42.0 and between mile 21.0 and mile 0.0. TIME TABLE No. 59 YORK SUB January 1st, 2005 103 YORK SUBDIVISION W E METHOD OFMETHOD CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE SIDING CAPACITY IN FEET DOB/TGBO LIMITS SWITCHING ZONE(S) DTMF RTC STANDBY CHANNELS / DRAGGING HOT BOX EQUIPMENT DETECTORS PICKERING JCT. 0.0 0.0 CH 2 Jct. With Kingston Sub. *5 LIVERPOOL 1.4 009# 1 BEARE EAST 5.0 *7700 BEARE 6.5 CH4 7.7 MC COWANS 12.2 12.2 *5 + HAGERMAN 14.0 011# CTC + DONCASTER Y 18.4 DOB/TGBO 2 Jct. With Bala Sub. 21.6 + SNIDER Y 23.6 **7480 CH4 ***Jct. With Halton Sub. 24 3 T2 3 2 MACMILLAN YARD Y 25.0 25.0 25.0 SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURES CTC between Pickering Jct. And MacMillan Yard Mtce. Of Way channels mile 0.0 to 25.0 - CH82

YORK SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES

CTC SPECIAL FEATURES 1.1 Switching Signals Snider —Signals 240T3, and 235N or 235S. Be governed by Rule 573(c) (ii). 1.2 Arrow indicators Eastward advance signals 204S and 204N equipped with arrow indicators to indicate when routed Northward to Bala Sub. at Doncaster.

SIGNALLED SIDINGS AND OTHER SIGNALLED TRACKS 1.3 * Mile 5.0 Signalled siding (Beare East) North of main track. CTC - Extends to mile 6.5 (Beare). MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH. 1.4 **Mile 23.9 Signalled track (By-pass) South of main tracks. CTC - Extends to mile 1.2 Halton Sub (Snider West) MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 30 MPH.

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.5 Rule 14(l) (iv) Applies: at mile 4.37 (Woodward Ave.) - By-law 4819/96 1.6 Rule 42 and 43—In the application of these rules,when a GBO refers to "ALL TRACKS" between mile 24 and mile 25.0 York Sub., it includes the York 3 Departure Track, and the By- Pass Track. 1.7 Rule 104.2(c)—Not applicable at: Dual Control Switch No. 3 mile 14.4 North track Hagerman Dual Control Switch No. 11 mile 24.0 York 3 track Snider. 1.8 Rule 577 - Applicable entire Sub.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 * **Snider Mile 24.3 —Junction with Halton Sub. is at Local Control Dual Control Switch mile 0.0 Halton Sub. Rule 104.2(a) as found in the Divisional Data Section applicable. YORK SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 104 January 1st, 2005 3 INTERLOCKINGS 3.1 Railway crossing at grade. Mile 14.0 ...... Uxbridge Sub Remotely controlled by RTC. . . (B.T.C. 116093 & 116183). Rule 564/610 applicable for trains. Rule 839 applicable for track units.

3.2 Railway crossing at grade. Mile 18.4 ...... Bala Sub Remotely controlled by RTC...... (B.T.C. 114567) Rule 564/610 a[plicable for trains. Rule 839 applicable for track units. 3.3 Railway crossing at grade. Mile 23.6 ...... Newmarket Sub Remotely controlled by RTC...... (B.T.C. 114568). Rule 564/610 applicable for trains. Rule 839 applicable for track units.

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 286,000 lbs.

5 SPEEDS 5.1 General (a) * Indicates not marked by speed restricting signs. (b) Speeds shown approaching signals applicable unless or until it can be determined that such signal is displaying a more favorable indication than RESTRICT- ING or CLEAR TO STOP. (c) 80T refers to Freight Trains exceeding 80 Tons per operative Brake and are 8000ft in length or less. 100T refers to Freight Trains exceeding 100 Tons per operative Brake and 8000ft in length. Tons per operative brake is indicated on the WOPRT, or gross tonnage divided by the number of cars.

5.2 Mile MPH

Frt. 80T 100T 0.0 to 11.0 zone 50 50 50 3.3 Eastward approaching signal 034 45 40 5.0 Eastward approaching signal 050 45 40 8.1 Eastward approaching signal 080 45 35 9.3 Eastward approaching signal 094 40 30 10.8 Eastward approaching signal 108 40 35 *12.3 Through Turnout at McCowans 45 45 45 11.0 to 14.0 zone 55 55 55 14.0 to 23.6 zone 60 60 60 *14.0 Over Diamond 30 30 30 14.7 Westward until Xing mile 15.21 is occupied 50 50 50 15.7 Eastward until Xing mile 15.21 is occupied 50 50 50 17.0 Westward approaching signal 171S or N 45 40 *18.4 Over Diamond 30 30 30 18.7 Eastward movements through turnouts 25 25 25 routed Northward on Bala Sub. 20.5 Eastward approaching signal 204S or N 45 23.6 to 25.0 zone 30 30 30 TIME TABLE No. 59 YORK SUB January 1st, 2005 105 6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE - Nil 7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 SOUTH CONNECTING HAGERMAN Mile 14.2—Extends southward off south track connecting to Uxbridge Sub. at mile 51.4. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. Movements to/from the Uxbridge Sub. to/from the York Sub. via the South connecting track must be made under the provisions of Rule 564/610. In the application of rule 104.2(c), dual control switch No. 1 mile 51.46 Uxbridge sub. and No. 1 mile 14.39 York sub. must remain in the hand position until the movement has cleared the switch points. 7.2 EAST CONNECTING TRACK DONCASTER Mile 18.27 - Extends northward off north track connecting to Bala Sub. at mile 16.21 with access at both ends via self restoring LCS switches which Reverse simultaneously. Switch points face East. Note: Such switches restore independantly when the trailing end of the movement clears the fouling point. In addition to Rule 104.2(a) special instruction found in the Divisional Data , the following Special Instructions supersede those for EXITING and ENTERING the main track. TRAINS ON YORK SUB TO NORTHWARD BALA SUB. Westward movements on York Sub. must stop within 100 ft. but not beyond the push-button box located approx. 20 ft. east of the LCS Switch. Verbal Rule 568 authority to enter Bala Sub. must be obtained from the RTC. Protection on the East track Bala Sub. must be obtained from the RTC when train crews perform a roll-by inspection. Open the door to the box and depress “REVERSE” push- button holding it in for 5 sec. Light will indicate when switches have reversed. (Approx. 20 sec.) Close and lock door to push button box when the movement occupies the switch points. Proceed through connecting track STOPPING CLEAR OF THE CROSSING CIRCUIT sign located directly under the John St. overpass mile 16.3 to await outbound crew. Failure to stop clear of this sign will cause the crossing protection at Green Lane Rd. to operate continuously. In all cases where the light in the push-button box is not lighted for the requested position within one minute Rule 568(b) must be complied with (written) and the switches placed in hand position in accordance with Rule 104.2(c) Where the switches have been lined and if not required they must be restored to normal and Rule 568 cancelled. In the event equipment is to be left in the connecting track, switches must be restored to normal and Rule 568 cancelled. If operating through the block under a “STOP AND PROCEED” or a "RESTRICTING" signal indication or a Rule 564, employees must be governed by Special instruction of Rule 104.2(a) currently found in the District Data. TRACK UNITS OPERATING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A CONDUCTOR OR ENGINEERING FOREMAN. Track units under the direction of a Conductor or engineering Foreman will operate in accordance with the instructions contained in Special Instruction (2) to Rule 104.2(a) found in the Divisional Data section except that through movements on the main track must not operate the push button to request normal if the lights in the box are lit to indicate normal as this will affect signals which may have been cleared on the other subdivision. An additional push-button box is located adjacent to the LCS switch on the Bala sub.

7.3 SOUTH WYE DONCASTER Mile 18.7—Extends southward off south track connecting to Bala Sub. at mile 15.9. Usable length of track is 890 ft. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH. YORK SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 106 January 1st, 2005 7.4 DONCASTER STORAGE TRACK Mile 18.7—Extends southward 700 ft. off south wye track to stop block. 7.5 NORTH WYE SNIDER Mile 23.8—Extends northward off No. 1 track connecting to Newmarket Sub. at mile 13.4. Usable length is 1350 ft. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 7.6 SOUTH WYE SNIDER Mile 23.8—Extends southward off No. 3 track connecting to Newmarket Sub. at mile 12.9. Usable length is 1230 ft. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH. 7.7 SOUTH CONNECTING TRACK SNIDER Mile 23.9—Extends south off No. 3 track connecting to Newmarket Sub. at mile 12.1. Usable length is 5350 ft. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH. 7.8 YORK 3 DEPARTURE Mile 24.3 - Extends from LCS switch to mile 25.0 Rules 42 and 43 applicable, Rule 40.1 not applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH. DOB/TGBO applicable. Local Control Dual Control Switch - Located at mile 24.3 Employees entering or exiting York Sub. will be governed by Rule 104.2(a), Special Instruction. All outbound movements requiring York 3 to either double over their train or to exit MacMillan Yard must receive permission from the West Control Yard Coordinator prior to occupying York 3. Prior to granting permission the West Control Coordinator must receive permission from the RTC, and for outbound movements, additional confirmation that the outbound train will not be held at the LCS switch Mile 24.3. Trains exiting MacMillan yard at the LCS switch must advise the MacMillan yard Switchtender when their entire movement has cleared York 3 Departure track. Movements entering MacMillan Yard must stop at the PPZ stop sign located at mile 25.0, and must not proceed beyond such sign until permission has been obtained from either the East Yard Coordinator, or the Switchtender. 7.9 MACMILLAN YARD Mile 25.0 - Employees entering or working in MacMillan Yard are governed by. and must have a copy of the current MacMillan Yard operating Manual accessible while on duty.

8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. MacMillan Yard - Refer to current MacMillan Yard manual. 9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES AND DANGEROUS GOODS 9.1 Movements handling loaded cars of dangerous commodities must not exceed 35 MPH between mile 18.4 and mile 25.0. Movements handling loaded cars of special dangerous commodities must not exceed: 35 MPH between mile 0.0 and mile 18.4 and 25 MPH between mile 18.4 and mile 25.0. Movements must be inspected at mile 7.7. Eastward movements from Halton Sub, unless inspected between mile 3.5 Halton Sub. and mile 22.4 York Sub. do not exceed 15 MPH between mile 22.4 and mile 7.7 (not applicable to movements originating at Brampton Intermodal Terminal). TIME TABLE No. 59 NEWMARKET SUB January 1st, 2005 107 NEWMARKET SUBDIVISION DRAGGING N S AND

BOX

METHOD OF CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE SIDING CAPACITY IN FEET LIMITS TGBO / DOB ZONE SWITCHING DTMF STANDBY RTC CHANNELS HOT EQUIPPMEN T EQUIPPMEN DETECTORS PARKDALE 2.4 2.4 2.4 Jct. With Weston Sub. DAVENPORT 4.6 CH4 + *5 FAIRBANK 6.5 011 1 SPICER 9.2 # CTC SNIDER SOUTH Y 12.1 + SNIDER 12.9 CH4 T2 SNIDER NORTH Y 14.0

CONCORD 15.5 DOB/TGBO 15.5 MAPLE 18.3 CH3 KING CITY 22.7 *5 1

OCS AURORA 29.9 220 30.2 NEWMARKET 34.2 # 41.0 BRADFORD 41.5 CH3 105

RULE END OF CN TRACK 42.28 T1 BARRIE COLLINGWOOD RLWY

PORTION OF SUB. ABANDONED Jct. With Bala Sub. CH2 1 WASHAGO 98.9 98.9 *5 CTC GRAVENHURST 112.2 7490 601# FALKENBURG 126.4 5040 MARTINS 141.5 4710 CH4 HUNTSVILLE 146.2 *5 151.8 NOVAR

155.7 4290 TGBO 221# 1

OCS KENNEDYS 176.7 4730 SOUTH RIVER 188.8 4820 CH4 TROUT CREEK 200.7 4660 T1 210.3 SWITCH TO ONR YARD 225.2 225.2 TRANSFER Y 225.7 DYKSTRA 226.8 105 RULE End of track 229.9 Subdivision Control Features CTC between Parkdale and Concord OCS between Concord and mile 41.0 Rule 105 between mile 41.0 and mile 42.28 CTC between mile 98.9 and mile 112.3 OCS between mile 112.3 and mile 225.2 Rule 105 applicable between Mile 225.2 and 229.9

NEWMARKET SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES

1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.1 Rule 14(l) (iv) applicable: —Between mile 2.4 and mile 7.0 (B.T.C. 24251-70106) and between mile 33.0 and mile 34.4 between the hours of 2200 and 0600 (B.T.C. 64180). —At mile 145.9 (Yonge St.) (C.T.C. R-8936). 1.2 Rule 102— Applicable at: Newmarket Sub. mile: CP Galt Sub mile: Mile 2.4 to 3.2 Mile 2.3 to 3.2 CP CH 1(91-91) NEWMARKET SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 108 January 1st, 2005 1.4 Rule 104.1—Location of spring switches: Gravenhurst—South End Rule 104.1(b)—In the application of Rule 104.1(b), When a spring switch has been set in the reversed position by hand, the points of such switch must be spiked prior to movement commencing over such switch. Spike must remain in place until the switch is returned to normal position. 1.5 Rule 127—Radio Special Instructions A satellite radio backup system is in service between Mile 165 and Mile 205 Newmarket Sub. Notification that the radio system has been placed in backup service will be issued by GBO or by verbal message from the RTC. Field employees are able to call the RTC's telephone number, or call an emergency hot line in the Rail Traffic Control Centre using DTMF tones on CN channel 4. The RTC has the ability to contact field employees by calling the satellite radio on CN channel 1. RTC and field employees do not have the ability to change channels while connected. An RTC who initiates a call to the field employee on CN channel 1, will have to request that the field employee disconnect and call the RTC from the field on CN channel 4 if it desired to change radio channels. DTMF TONE PROCEDURE: Select CN Channel 4 Press *0# for Emergency Calls Press *1# for regular calls to the RTC Upon completion of radio communication, the field employee must press *# to disconnect from the satellite radio system.

1.6 DISPATCHED SIDING TERRITORY APPLICABLE AT SID- ING GRAVENHURST. SPECIAL APPLICATIONS FOR DISPATCHED SIDINGS (i) Rule 40.1 - not applicable. (ii) Reduced Speed - in the application of reduced speed, the siding will be considered as clear of equipment unless otherwise informed by the RTC. (iii) Rule 104 (c) - Hand operated switches in sidings are considered lined for the normal route unless otherwise indicated by the RTC, GBO or Special Instruction. (iv) Rule 105(a) - not applicable. (v) Rule 105.1 - Before permitting a train or engine to enter a siding that is occupied by other equipment, the RTC must advise a member of the crew that equipment is present. (vi) Rule 401 SI (ii) - Movements entering a non-signaled siding must approach the signal to leave the siding preparing to stop until the signal can be observed as displaying a more favourable indication than STOP. (vii) Rule 805 (a) - Foreman must obtain a TOP to OCCUPY or WORK in the siding.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 Designated Tie-up Tracks Unattended Locomotives Bradford — NC49 and NC63, Washago— NP41 Huntsville— HB46, North Bay— BO32. 2.2 Barrie Collingwood Railway (BCRY) Mile 42.28 Operations between mile 42.28 and mile 43.0 are only permitted for the purpose of trains required to either take or leave the siding at Bradford from the north end. OPERATIONS NORTH OF MILE 43.0 PROHIBITED. 2.3 Kennedys Mile 176.7—Siding used as a storage track with access from north end only. Derails at both ends. South switch clamped. TIME TABLE No. 59 NEWMARKET SUB January 1st, 2005 109 2.4 Dykstra Mile 226.8—Connecting track with Ontario Northland Railway Temagami Subdivision. 1416 feet long. Normal Route for switch is when lined from Newmarket North Spur to the ONR Connecting track. Operations north of Mile 226.8 Newmarket North Spur prohibited. Switch permanently secured for movements to ONR connecting track. CN FREIGHT CREWS REQUIRED TO OPERATE ON ONR LINES NORTH BAY - must have in their possession and be governed by: the current ONR Time Table or portion thereof covering the ONR Temagami Subdivision; and a copy of the ONR “REISSUE OF MONTHLY BULLETIN” for the current month. As indicated in the ONR Time Table, that portion of the Temagami Sub. Is governed by a DOB which will be made available at the MacMillan Yard Booking in Room (Bull pen), and the ONR Passenger Station.

3 INTERLOCKINGS 3.1 Railway crossing at grade Mile 4.6 ...... CP Rail North Toronto Sub...... Remotely controlled by CP RTC Montreal. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 35 MPH. Rule 610/564 applicable for trains - Rule 610 authority must be obtained first from CP Rail RTC,(CP CH-4) , Rule 564 must then be obtained from CN RTC Toronto. CP RTC Phone No. 514 - 392 - 5343 Rule 839 applicable for track units Track units operating under the direction of a Conduc- tor will be governed by Section 2 of "Track Units." Permission must be obtained from the CP Rail, RTC.

3.2 Railway crossing at grade Mile 13.2 . . . . CN York Sub ...... Remotely controlled by RTC...... (B.T.C. 114568). MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 30 MPH. Rule 564/610 applicable for trains Rule 839 applicable for track units. TIMING CIRCUIT—Extends 990 feet south and 273 feet north of York Subdivision tracks. Any movement within circuit limits with No. 15 or No. 19 dual control switches on hand throw must reset circuit. Entire movement must be clear of circuit limits before circuit can be reset. Reset push-button is located in box in southwest corner. Indication light in push- button box will be extinguished when circuit is reset.

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 286,000 lbs. 4.2 Units in locomotive groups F, G and H must not be operated on industrial tracks and other tracks between Parkdale and Nipissing except on tracks HB42, 46, 61, 62 and 63 at Huntsville. 4.3 Six axle locomotives are prohibited between mile 226.8 and mile 229.9. 4.4 GO Transit equipment is prohibited from operating on track NC50 at Bradford. NEWMARKET SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 110 January 1st, 2005 5 SPEEDS MPH 5.1 Mile Psgr Frt 2.4 to 9.5 zone ...... 35 35 9.5 to 17.9 zone ...... 75 60 13.1* to 13.2 Over diamond ...... 30 30 17.9 to 33.3 zone ...... 60 40 33.3 to 36.4 zone ...... 50 40 36.4 to 41.0 zone ...... 60 40 ********************************************************************** 98.9 to 114.9 zone ...... 70 60 98.9 to 99.6 ...... 35 25 100.2 to 102.4 ...... 60 50 106.5 to 111.5 ...... 45 40 111.5 to 112.3 (B.T.C. 112088) . . . . . 20 20 112.3 to 114.9 ...... 50 45 114.9 to 127.6 zone ...... 60 50 118.5 to 121.7 ...... 50 40 121.7 to 122.4 ...... 20 20 122.4 to 124.7 ...... 55 45 127.6 to 148.7 zone ...... 70 60 127.6 to 131.9 ...... 65 55 135.2 to 135.8 ...... 55 50 135.8 to 141.1 ...... 65 50 141.1 to 145.6 ...... 50 45 145.6 to 146.7 ...... 25 25 146.7 to 148.7 ...... 60 55 148.7 to 166.0 zone ...... 65 55 148.7 to 150.9 ...... 55 50 150.9 to 153.4 ...... 65 50 152.95* Until crossing fully occupied . . . 60 153.4 to 159.4 ...... 55 40 159.4 to 160.2 ...... 50 40 160.2 to 160.9 ...... 60 45 164.5 to 166.0 ...... 45 40 166.0 to 181.0 zone ...... 55 50 169.6 to 172.5 ...... 45 40 175.0 to 176.2 ...... 50 45 181.0 to 193.5 zone ...... 65 50 182.7*** to 183.2 ...... 45 45 183.2*** to 186.9 ...... 60 50 188.8 to 190.1 ...... 50 40 193.5 to 215.3 zone ...... 60 45 193.5 to 194.8 ...... 40 40 194.8 to 196.7 ...... 45 40 196.7 to 198.1 ...... 50 45 200.18* Until crossing fully occupied . . . 50 202.8 to 205.3 ...... 40 30 205.3 to 209.8 ...... 40 40 213.0 to 215.3 ...... 45 35 215.3 to 225.2 zone ...... 50 45 217.7 to 222.2 ...... 35 30 222.2 to 225.2 ...... 45 35 *Not marked with speed restriction signs.

*** Applicable until the last Public Crossing at Grade within these limits has been occupied. TIME TABLE No. 59 NEWMARKET SUB January 1st, 2005 111 5.2 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS MPH Mile Psgr Frt 14.0 to 41.0 Movements operating with less than 24 axles, approaching all public crossings at grade equipped with automatic warning devices...... 20 20 *28.5 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge ...... 20 *100.9 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge ...... 20 112.0 Philip St. Siding, until crossing occupied (B.T.C. 77261) ...... 10 10 112.2 Through siding Gravenhurst . . . . . 10 10 *113.7 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge ...... 20 *121.0 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge ...... 10 141.5 Through siding Martins ...... 10 10 143.69 (Private Rd.) Southward trains until crossing occupied...... 20 20 *146.8 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge ...... 35 *150.7 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge ...... 10 *166.1 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge ...... 15 *170.85 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge ...... 15 *172.3 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge ...... 15 176.7 Through siding Kennedys ...... 10 10 205.47 (Conc.Rds 8 & 9.) Southward trains until crossing occupied...... 35 35 *207.9 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge ...... 15 223.59 (Birches Rd.) Northward trains until crossing occupied...... 20 20 * Until the last Heavy Axle Load car clears the bridge. 5.3 Rule 104(q) applicable in OCS territory.

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Radio Activated Crossings - Crossings requiring activation by radio will be governed by the following: Select Channel 3 and press the push to talk button while dialing *(number shown for crossing)# with the DTMF touch tone pad to activate the warning devices before occupying crossing. Rule 103.1 (d) applicable. When crossing protection has been activated by "Remote Start" and observed to be operating for at least 20 secs, Rule 103.1 (b)(i) (10 MPH from 300 ft. distance) not applicable Should movement not commence within 3 minutes, or it is desired to deactivate the warning devices, select Channel 3 and press the push to talk button while dialing *(number shown for crossing)#. 6.2 Mile 4.2 (Wallace Ave.) warning devices. Automatic: The ringing of engine bell is prohibited except to avoid accident. (B.T.C. 71388). 6.3 Mile 14.0 to mile 41.0 Movements operating with 24 axles or less, Rule 103.1 (f) (Rusty Rail Conditions) applicable at public crossings at grade equipped with automatic warning devices. 6.4 Mile 16.83 (Rutherford Rd.) Warning devices. Automatic : Northward movements after making station stop at Rutherford GO station must activate remote start by using radio. Activate - * 0168311 # Deactivate - * 0168310 # 6.5 Mile 22.73 (Station Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: Northward movements after making station stop at King GO Station must activate remote start using radio. Activate - (No asterisk) 0227911 # Deactivate - (No asterisk) 0227910 # 6.6 Mile 29.99 (Wellington St.) warning devices. Automatic: Northward movements after making station stop at Aurora GO Station must activate remote start for Wellington St. using radio. Activate - (No asterisk) 0299911 # Deactivate - (No asterisk) 0299910 # NEWMARKET SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 112 January 1st, 2005 6.7 Mile 34.1 (Davis Dr.) warning devices. Automatic: Push-button located on station platform. South- ward movements must use START button to operate warning devices following station stop. 6.8 Mile 35.61 (Green Lane Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: Northward movements after making station stop at Gwillimbury GO Station must activate remote start for Wellington St. using radio. Activate - * 356111 # Deactivate - * 356110 # 6.9 Mile 112.0 (Phillip and First Sts.).— Cars must not be left standing within 100 feet of crossing (B.T.C. -77261). 6.10 Mile 112.2 (Brock St.).— A timing circuit is installed south of crossing for northward movements. Northward movements waiting for northward governing signal 1123 and unable to clear crossing must stand back 30 feet south of crossing. Push-buttons for northward movements are in boxes located 30 feet south of crossing to the west side of station platform, east side of siding. 6.11 Mile 145.35 (Airport Rd.). Warning devices Automatic: — Timing circuit: Northbound trains required to lift/setoff at Huntsville must cut the portion of their train remaining on the main track within 300 ft. of crossing in order for the crossing protection to "time out" while lifting orsetting off. 6.12 Mile 188.8 (Ottawa Ave.). Warning devices Automatic: Stop signs located both sides of crossing on siding.

7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 American Standard Products Ltd. at Dupont St.—The following units permitted: Units in locomotive groups B, D2, units 1750-1786, and 3842. Single Units only: 1600-1614, 1900-1915 and 4208-4393 7.2 ESSO OIL Mile 12.0—Extends southward swt points face north. Cars other than tank cars prohibited on tracks A284 - A286 due to loading chute. When locomotives are required to pass loading chute ensure loading chute is not foul. 7.3 SOUTH CONNECTING Mile 12.1—Extends northwest connecting to No. 3 track York Sub. mile 23.9. Usable length is 5350 feet. Usable length between mile 12.1 and mile 12.9 Newmarket Sub. is 3290 feet. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH. York University GO Station platform on West side. 7.4 JDS INVESTMENTS Mile 12.2 (Flint Rd.)—Movements must be manually protected. 7.5 SOUTH WYE SNIDER Mile 12.9—Extends northwest connecting to No. 3 track York Sub. mile 23.8. Usable length of track is 1230 feet. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH. 7.6 NORTH WYE SNIDER Mile 13.4—Extends southwest connecting to No. 1 track York Sub. mile 23.8. Usable length of track is 1350 feet. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH. 7.7 ARGO AND ALPHA LUMBER Mile 19.1—Tracks A938 and A 940 MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 5 MPH. TIME TABLE No. 59 NEWMARKET SUB January 1st, 2005 113 7.8 BRADFORD Mile 41.0—Extends 2.0 miles north where main track ends. Rule 105 (a) applicable including all tracks leading off of this track. Rule 104 (c) Switch to track NC63 may be left lined and locked in either position. Equipment must not be left between south switch Bradford Passing track NC49, and south switch to track NC63. Track NC50 (Run-around) MAXIMUM SPEED. . . .10 MPH. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 42.26 (Industrial Parkway) — Rule 103.1(f) (Rusty Rail Conditions) applicable. Operations between mile 42.28 and mile 43.0 are only permitted for the purpose of trains required to either take or leave the siding at Bradford from the north end. OPERATIONS NORTH OF MILE 43.0 PROHIBITED. 7.9 Mile 98.9to mile 225.2 Rule 105 (a) applicable on all back tracks (Tracks directly adjacent to Siding) and industrial spurs leading off of the Newmarket Sub. between mile 98.8 and mile 225.2.

8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Location Obstruction Side of Track or Overhead 8.1 Parkdale Queen St., Brock Ave. and Lansdowne Ave. Bridges Both 8.2 Davenport Rd. Subway Bridge Both 8.3 Bradford Track NC63 Cables and pipes West 8.4 Huntsville Tracks HB75-HB79 Door and ramp Both

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES 9.1 NORTHWARD MOVEMENTS Must be inspected at mile 30.2 and mile 210.3. Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 2.4 and mile 41.0 and between mile 145.0 and mile 148.0. 9.2 SOUTHWARD MOVEMENTS Must be inspected at mile 30.2. Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 148.0 and mile 145.0, and between mile 41.0 and mile 2.4. TIME TABLE No. 59 114 January 1st, 2005

Skidded wheels can lead to accidents

REMEMBER ...

Care must be taken when equipment is initially lifted or moved, to ensure handbrakes are released, and that air brakes are "bled off" or fully released.

Moving equipment with brakes applied will result in flat spots, hot wheels, skidded wheels, and tread buildup all of which contribute to wheel failure, track damage, and potential derailment. TIME TABLE No. 59 BALA SUB January 1st, 2005 115 BALA SUBDIVISION N S METHOD OFMETHOD CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE SIDING CAPACITY IN FEET DOB/TGBO LIMITS SWITCHING ZONE(S) DTMF RTC STANDBY CHANNELS / DRAGGING HOT BOX EQUIPMENT DETECTORS 0.0 TORONTO USRC USRC See Union Station Rail Corridor LIMITS LIMITS Special Instructions. CH3 USRC DON 2.0 2.1 2.1 ROSEDALE 3.6 7050 CH4 *4.9 ORIOLE 11.3 3468 *5 011 1 OLD CUMMER 14.1 # DONCASTER SOUTH 15.4 + DONCASTER Y 16.1 Jct. With York Sub. DOB/TGBO LANGSTAFF 18.3 CH4 *18.1 T2 2 RICHMOND HILL 21.0 ELGIN 22.2 22.2 22.2 QUAKER 26.6 7150 31.0 PINE ORCHARD 36.0 6360 ZEPHYR 44.6 6580 47.0 PEFFERLAW 55.0 6770 60.0 BRECHIN EAST 72.2 13000 75.0 SMAIL 85.4 6360 WASHAGO Y CH2 87.0 + Jct. With Newmarket Sub. 88.9 *5 SPARROW LAKE 93.4 6550 601 WOODWARD 107.0 6290 # 103.9 112.1 CTC MEDORA 117.6 6700 125.5 DOCK SIDING 130.4 6600 CH2 138.6 FALDING 142.1 6120 T1 SOUTH PARRY Y 147.1 6700 TGBO PARRY SOUND 150.0 1 152.5 NORTH PARRY 150.7 6270 WAUBAMIK 158.5 6430 163.2 ARDBEG 171.8 6260 175.2 BURTON 181.3 6560 187.0 DROCOURT 189.8 6180 MOWAT 198.5 7140 202.7 KEY JCT. 213.9 6170 CH3 218.2 BAYSWATER 221.4 6420 *5 230.8 BURWASH 235.4 6490 603 WATERFALL 242.8 6680 # 247.0 247.0 245.4 + HOTRUM 251.8 6840 CH3 259.6 + SUDBURY Y 262.1 6730 T1 270.6 SUEZ 273.0 5960 DOB/TGBO DOB/TGBO CAPREOL Y 276.1 275.5 275.5 YTC SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURES Union Station Rail Corridor controlled by USRC Train Movement Director. CTC between Mile 2.1 and mile 275.5 Capreol YTC between mile 275.5 and Capreol Mtce. Of Way Radio Channels Mile - Mile - CH Mile - Mile - CH Mile - Mile - CH 0 - 22 82 109 - 136 82 188 - 223 81 22 - 65 83 136 - 166 81 223 - 250 82 65 - 109 81 166 - 188 82 250 - 276 81 BALA SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 116 January 1st, 2005 BALA SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES

CTC SPECIAL FEATURES 1.1 CAPREOL YARD TRAFFIC CONTROL (YTC) Limits of Capreol YTC extend between mile 275.5 Bala Sub. and Capreol. All movements must not enter YTC limits unless permission is obtained from controller Capreol. Rule 40.1 not applicable Employees operating within Capreol YTC limits must have a copy of the current “Capreol Yard Traffic Control Operating Manual” accessible. MAXIMUM SPEED S 275.5 to 275.63 ...... 25 MPH 275.63 (Yonge St.)(CTC R-15614) ...... 20 MPH 275.6 to 276.1 YTC Track R001 ...... 25 MPH Northward trains arriving on other than track R001 are not to exceed 10 MPH until the entire movement has cleared switches RD1E, RD2E, RD3E, RD4E, RD5E, EL2W, EL3W.

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.3 Rule 13—Engine bell must be rung continuously between mile 4.43(Pottery Rd,) and mile 7.70 (Private Hydro Crossing) 1.4 Rule 14(l)—Except to prevent an accident, the sounding of the engine whistle is prohibited between mile 4.43(Pottery Rd,) and mile 7.70 (Private Hydro Crossing) 1.5 Rule 14 (l) (iv) Applies: Mile 0.0 to mile 3.6 (B.T.C. 24251) Mile 4.43 (Pottery Rd.) Mile 4.91 (Beachwood Ave.) (City Bylaw) Mile 16.52 (Green Lane) Mile 18.15 (Langstaff Rd.) (B.T.C. 121830) Mile 20.18 (Hillsview Dr.) Mile 20.31 (Weldrick Rd.) Mile 21.11 (Centre St.) Mile 21.48 (Crosby Ave.) Mile 22.16 (Elgin Mills Rd.) (R.T.C. R-41346) Mile 23.61 (19th Ave.) Mile 25.49 (Leslie St.) Mile 26.0 (Gormley Rd.) Mile 27.3 (Bethesda Side Rd.) Mile 54.63 Old Homestead Rd.) (By-law 2000-0142) Mile 55.56 (Pefferlaw Rd.) (By-law 2000-0142) Mile 93.80 (Port Stanton Rd.) (By-law 2001-72) Mile 275.63 (Young St.) (CTC R-24048) 1.6 Rule 102— Applicable at: Bala Sub. mile: CP Belleville Sub mile: 1.9 to 2.6 208.7 to 209.4. CP CH4 (67-67) CP Parry Sound Sub. Mile: 129.0 to 129.9 3.0 to 4.0 CP CH5 (81-81) 138.7 to 138.9 12.6 to 12.8 CP CH5 (81-81) 146.0 to 146.4 19.9 to 20.3 CP CH5 (81-81) 1.7 Rule 104.1—Spring switches: North Parry - North end. Rule 104.1(b)—In the application of Rule 104.1(b), When a spring switch has been set in the reversed position by hand, the points of such switch must be spiked prior to movement commencing over such switch. Spike must remain in place until the switch is returned to normal position. 1.8 Rule 104.2— not applicable at Dual Control Switches: Richmond Hill Crossovers No.1A and 1B mile 20.7. 1.9 Rule 107—not applicable at Langstaff GO Station and Rich- mond Hill GO Station. TIME TABLE No. 59 BALA SUB January 1st, 2005 117 1.10 DISPATCHED SIDING TERRITORY APPLICABLE. SPECIAL APPLICATIONS FOR DISPATCHED SIDINGS (i) Rule 40.1 - not applicable. (ii) Reduced Speed - in the application of reduced speed, the siding will be considered as clear of equipment unless otherwise informed by the RTC. (iii) Rule 104 (c) - Hand operated switches in sidings are considered lined for the normal route unless otherwise indicated by the RTC, GBO or Special Instruction. (iv) Rule 105(a) - not applicable. (v) Rule 105.1 - Before permitting a train or engine to enter a siding that is occupied by other equipment, the RTC must advise a member of the crew that equipment is present. (vi) Rule 401 SI (ii) - Movements entering a non-signaled siding must approach the signal to leave the siding preparing to stop until the signal can be observed as displaying a more favourable indication than STOP. (vii) Rule 805 (a) - Foreman must obtain a TOP to OCCUPY or WORK in the siding.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 *Hot Box and dragging equippment detectors located at mile *4.9 and mile *18.1, an abbreviated message will be transmitted when no alarms are detected e.g." 18.1 NO ALARMS" 2.2 Designated Tie-up Tracks Unattended Locomotives South Parry — SA54 Algo Yard — GD25 and GD45 2.3 Vandorf—Wheel Impact Detector located at mile 48.46 2.4 Pefferlaw—When there is a meet at Pefferlaw, the RTC will inform trains in sufficient time and the following procedures must be followed so as not to block the crossings in the immediate vicinity. When the meet takes place, speeds of both trains must be regulated so as not to block any of the public crossings at grade in excess of the CROR Rule requirement. Trains will adjust their speed so as not to arrive at Pefferlaw too early in advance of the intended meet. Southbound trains are to wait North of Crossing mile 55.56 (Pefferlaw Rd). Northbound trains are to wait South of Advance Signal 523, or south of Crossing mile 52.77 (Smith Blvd.) 2.5 Brechin East— Southward trains taking siding will be governed by the following: A white lunar light has been installed on a signal mast at the northwest quadrant of the County Road 47 crossing. When this white lunar is extinguished, movements must stop 600 ft. north of crossing circuit sign located approximately 275 feet north of crossing. When lit, a southward train may proceed over the crossing, approaching Signal 718D prepared to stop. Once the indication of Signal 718D has been positively identified, the train will be governed by the indication of this signal. In the event the white lunar light becomes inoperative, advice to proceed over the crossing may be obtained from the RTC. NOTE: This white lunar light is NOT considered an advance signal, but a tool to assist in ensuring that public crossings are not intentionally blocked waiting for a permissive signal indication displayed by Signal 718D.

2.6 *Burton—Due to restricted clearance, trains both handling dimensional loads of DXR classification and are required to meet at this location, must not allow the dimensional loads to pass one another south of the DXR restriction begins/ends sign located 2000 ft. north of the siding south switch. Note: Not applicable when both trains have in their consist DXR dimensionals consisting of only double stack containers. BALA SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 118 January 1st, 2005 2.7 South Parry—All northbound trains in excess of 7000 ft. trading off at South Parry will trade off at the north end of South Parry. Outbound crews will be transported to the trailer, obtain their TGBO, informing the taxi to wait, and then have the taxi transport them to the north end for the crew trade off. Incoming crews will be transported directly to the Hotel and will tie up by fax at the hotel. Trains or engines yarding at South Parry must report to RTC when clear of siding. In addition, unless otherwise instructed by the RTC, leads to the yard tracks must be left clear after yarding.

3 INTERLOCKINGS 3.1 Mile 0.0 to Mile 2.1 Union Station Rail Corridor (U.S.R.C.) Locally controlled. See USRC Special Instructions 3.2 Railway crossing at grade Mile 16.1 ...... CN York Sub...... Remotely controlled by RTC ...... (BTC114567). Rule 564/610 applicable for trains Rule 839 applicable for track units MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 30 MPH TIMING CIRCUIT:—Extends 210 ft. south and 210 ft. north of York Sub. Any movement within circuit limits with No. 11 dual control switch on hand throw must reset circuit. Entire movement must be clear of circuit limits before circuit can be reset. Reset button is located in box in southwest corner. Indication light will be extinguished when circuit is reset. 3.3 Drawbridge Mile 89.9 . . . . . Trent Canal . . . . Manual. (B.T.C. 71038). MAXIMUM SPEED (When Drawbridge in Service) Psgr . . . . 20 MPH Frt ...... 15 MPH. Drawbridge in service May 1st until Oct. 15th. Note: Trains occupying the track between the advance signals and the interlocking signal for a period in excess of 5 mins must approach the interlocking signal prepared to stop. Rule *609 applicable for trains. Rule 564 not applicable. Rule **837 applicable for track units. *When a train or engine is stopped by an interlocking signal indicating stop, a member of the crew must communicate with the bridgetender to ensure bridge is lined for rail movements before proceeding. If no bridgetender on duty, movement may proceed after a crew member ensures the bridgespan is secured for rail movements. The train or engine so authorized must move at restricted speed to the next signal. When drawbridge not in service Signal 899 governing northward movements and Signal 900 governing southward movements remain in service as block signals. A track unit operating in accordance with Section 2 of "Track Units" must stop at the governing signal regardless of signal indication displayed. Conductor must communicate with bridgetender to ensure that bridge is properly secured and if no conflicting movement is evident, may proceed. If no bridgetender on duty and no conflicting movement is evident, track unit may proceed after conductor ensures the bridgespan is lined for rail movements. **In addition to the requirements of Rule 837, if there is no bridgetender on duty, the track unit may proceed after foreman ensures the bridgespan is lined for rail movements. TIME TABLE No. 59 BALA SUB January 1st, 2005 119 3.4 Railway crossing at grade and CN/CP connecting track Railway Crossing at Grade Mile 247.5 . . . . CP Rail Parry Sound Sub...... automatic . . . . (B.T.C. 92528). Rule *611 applicable for trains. Rule 564 not applicable. Rule *840 applicable for track units. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 25 MPH. Box marked switches located in south east quadrant. *In the application of Rules 611 or 840 (for track units), where the lights of the conflicting route are not lit, prior to opening the knife switch, a crew member must contact the CP RTC to ascertain whether a conflicting movement is approaching. If the CP RTC cannot be contacted, or there is no conflicting train or engine movement evident, Rule 611or 840 must be complied with except that the knife switch must remain open for 10 minutes before permitting the train or track unit to proceed. CP RTC can be contacted as follows: Select CH CP 6 (21 81) press *31#, and after the answer back tone, select CH CP5 (81 81) and wait for the RTC's call back. Phone No. 403-543-8360 CN/CP connecting track mile 247.56 Maximum speed ...... 15 mph Connecting track is located in the northeast quadrant and extends 500 feet from mile 247.56 Bala sub to mile 112.68 CP Parry Sound sub and is located wholly within interlocking limits. Switches are equipped with electric locks and the following instructions govern their use: CP to CN - prior to entering interlocking limits, movement must be in possession of a written Rule 568 or Rule 566 authority from the CN RTC. Rule 570 applicable at switch mile 247.56 CN Bala sub. CN to CP - prior to entering interlocking limits, movement must be in possession of an OCS clearance from the CP RTC. Rule 570 applicable at switch mile 112.68 CP Parry sound sub. Rule 612 not applicable to movements operating via the CN/ CP connecting track. In the application of Rule 611 paragraph a(v), "after the movement has occupied the CN/CP connecting track, the switch must be closed and the box locked. 3.5 Railway crossing at grade Mile 256.8 . . . . . CP Cartier Sub - Ottawa Valley RaiLink . automatic . . . . . (B.T.C. 58612). MAXIMUM SPEED ... Psgr 40 MPH ...... Frt 30 MPH Rule *611 applicable for trains. Rule 564 not applicable. Rule *840 applicable for track units. Box marked switches located in northwest quadrant. Note: In the application of Rule 40.3, permission from CP RTC will be a T.O.P. Phone No. 403-543-8360 Interlocking limits must not be left occupied while switching. TIMING CIRCUIT:—In the application of Rule 605, southward movements delayed more than 6 minutes between circuit sign mile 259.2 and Signal 2570 mile 256.9 must proceed prepared to find interlocking Signal 2570 displaying “STOP” indication.

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 286,000 lbs. 4.2 Unless authorized by Transportation Supvsr., locomotives in groups F, G, H are prohibited on industrial spurs or other tracks between Toronto and mile 150.0 Exceptions: Track AA40 mile 31.21 4.3 6 AXLE UNITS ON BACK TRACKS - 6 axle units are restricted to a Max. speed of 4 MPH on all back tracks. (Tracks directly adjacent to sidings). BALA SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 120 January 1st, 2005

5 SPEEDS 5.1 General (a) 80T applies to Freight Trains exceeding 80 Tons per operative Brake. 100T applies to freight trains exceeding 8000ft. and 100 tons per operative brake. Tons per operative brake as indicated on the WOPRT (Train Journal), or gross tonnage divided by the number of cars. (b) Speeds approaching signals applicable unless or until it can be determined that such signal is displaying a more favorable indication than RESTRICTING or CLEAR TO STOP. (c) *Not marked with speed restriction signs.

5.2 MPH Mile Frt 80T 100T Psgr

1.9 to 13.4 zone ...... 40 40 40 50 1.9 to 2.0 ...... 25 25 25 30 2.0 to 4.5 ...... 35 35 35 35 4.5 to 6.9 ...... 35 35 35 40 6.9 to 10.0 ...... 35 35 35 35 13.4 to 16.0 zone ...... 50 50 50 65 16.0 to 25.0 zone ...... 50 50 50 60 16.1* East Track over diamond 30 30 30 30 16.1* to 16.3 West Track ...... 25 25 25 25 20.6* Through Crossovers . . . 15 15 15 15 25.0 to 29.8 zone ...... 40 40 40 45 29.8 to 87.8 zone ...... 60 60 60 70 36.0 to 41.1 ...... 40 40 40 45 43.0 to 43.4 ...... 55 55 55 60 45.9 to 46.1 ...... 60 66.1 to 66.3 ...... 65 67.9 to 68.1 ...... 65 80.7 to 82.4 ...... 55 55 55 60 87.8 to 100.4 zone ...... 50 50 50 60 87.8 to 88.4 ...... 40 40 40 40 88.4 to 89.9 ...... 25 25 25 25 89.9 Drawbridge In service ...... 15 15 15 20 Not in service ...... 25 25 25 35 92.2 to 100.4 ...... 45 45 45 50 93.9 Southward approaching signal 940 . 40 100.4 to 109.7 zone ...... 55 55 55 65 104.0 to 104.3 ...... 50 50 50 55 105.8 to 106.0 ...... 55 109.7 to 121.2 zone ...... 40 40 40 45 111.2 to 112.4 ...... 35 35 35 40 116.9 to 117.3 ...... 30 30 30 30 117.3 to 121.2 ...... 35 35 35 45 121.2 to 129.1 zone ...... 35 35 35 40 121.0 to 123.1 ...... 35 129.1 to 142.3 zone ...... 35 35 35 45 129.1 to 129.9 ...... 40 132.8 to 133.5 ...... 40 136.9 to 138.4 ...... 40 140.1 to 141.9 ...... 40 140.5 Northward approaching signal 1405 30 142.3 to 160.3 zone ...... 40 40 40 45 143.35* Until crossing occupied . 40 146.3 to 147.1 ...... 40 147.1 to 150.2 ...... 30 30 30 35 150.2 to 156.2 ...... 35 35 35 156.2 to 157.6 ...... 30 30 30 35 160.3 to 163.6 zone ...... 50 50 50 55 TIME TABLE No. 59 BALA SUB January 1st, 2005 121 Mile Frt 80T 100T Psgr 163.6 to 186.2 zone ...... 45 45 45 50 163.6 to 165.6 ...... 40 40 40 45 173.7 to 181.3 ...... 35 35 35 40 181.3 to 184.0 ...... 45 186.2 to 192.9 zone ...... 55 55 55 65 190.9 to 192.9 ...... 50 50 50 55 192.9 to 207.8 zone ...... 40 40 40 45 193.3 to 205.6 ...... 35 35 35 40 207.8 to 223.5 zone ...... 60 60 60 70 212.9 to 215.0 ...... 55 55 55 60 215.0 to 218.2 ...... 45 45 45 55 218.2 to 223.1 ...... 50 50 50 60 219.5 Northward approaching signal 2195 40 223.1 to 223.5 ...... 45 45 45 55 223.5 to 241.4 zone ...... 45 45 45 45 223.6 to 226.1* ...... 40 40 40 229.2 to 229.5 ...... 40 40 40 231.9 to 232.2 ...... 40 40 40 238.5 to 239.5* ...... 40 40 40 239.5 to 240.2 ...... 35 35 35 35 240.2 to 241.4 ...... 40 40 40 241.4 to 247.5 zone ...... 45 45 45 50 247.5* Over Diamond ...... 25 25 25 25 247.5 to 259.1 zone ...... 40 40 40 50 249.5 to 250.5* ...... 35 35 35 40 253.6 to 254.6 ...... 40 254.6 to 256.8 ...... 35 35 35 40 256.8 Over Diamond ...... 30 30 30 40 258.6 to 259.1 ...... 45 259.1 to 268.1 zone ...... 55 55 55 65 259.1 to 261.1 ...... 45 45 45 45 265.5 to 267.3 ...... 40 40 40 40 267.3 to 268.1 ...... 45 45 45 50 268.1 to 275.5 zone ...... 60 60 60 70 273.7 to 274.6 ...... 35 35 35 45 274.6 to 275.5 ...... 30 30 30 45 5.3 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS Mile MPH 3.6 Through siding Rosedale ...... 10 11.3 Through siding Oriole ...... 10 12.36 (Temp. Rd. Crossing.) Northward movements stopped at Oriole GO station until crossing occupied ...... 25 16.52 (Green Lane) Northward trains on west track until crossing occupied ...... 30 22.16 (Elgin Mills Rd.) Southward movements having stopped at signal 222 until crossing fully occupied ...... 10 26.0 (Pedestrian crossing) Southward movements exiting siding until crossing fully occupied . . 35 27.3 (Bethesda Rd.) Southward movements having stopped at signal 276 (Quaker) until crossing occupied...... 40 35.1 (Concession Rd.) Northward movements switching within circuit when again proceeding, until crossing occupied . . . 5 45.2 (Zepher Rd.) Northward movements having stopped at signal 451 or 451D until crossing fully occupied ...... 15 55.0 Through siding Pefferlaw ...... 10 55.5 (Pefferlaw Rd.) Must be manually protected for movements authorized to pass a stop indication on signal 555 or signal 555D. BALA SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 122 January 1st, 2005 74.44 (Hwy. 12) Northward movements exiting siding until crossing fully occupied . . 25 93.80 (Pt. Stanton Rd.) Southward movements having stopped at signal 940 (Sparrow Lake) until crossing occupied...... 15 92.82 (Forest Glen Rd.) Northward movements having stopped at signal 925 (Sparrow Lake) until crossing fully occupied ...... 20 117.6 Through siding Medora ...... 10 130.4 Through siding Dock Siding ...... 10 142.1 Through siding Falding ...... 10 157.9 (North Kirkham Rd.) Northward movements having stopped at signal 1577 (Waubamik) until crossing fully occupied ...... 20 198.5 Through siding Mowat ...... 10 *216.6 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge . . . . 10 262.1 Through siding Sudbury ...... 10

*Until the last Heavy Axle Load car clears the bridge 6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Mile 22.16 (Elgin Mills Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: On west track timing circuit extends 200 feet south of crossing identified by a crossing circuit sign. Northward movements stopping at signal 221W must stop south of crossing circuit sign. 6.2 Mile 35.1 (Concession Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: Northward movements switching in the vicinity of this crossing must leave the circuit occupied within 300 feet of timing circuit sign located 200 feet south of crossing. 6.3 Mile 55.56 (Pefferlaw Rd.) warning devices. Automatic: Southward movements stopping at signal 556 must stop clear of crossing circuit sign located 120 ft. north of crossing. 6.4 Mile 72.40 (County Rd. 47) warning devices. Automatic: Rule 103.1(c) Not Applicable. 6.5 Mile 74.44 (Hwy.12) warning devices. Automatic: Northward movements stopping at signal 741 (Brechin East) must stop clear of crossing circuit sign located 100 ft. south of signal. 6.6 Mile 88.84 (Quetton St.) warning devices. Automatic: Northward movements stopping at signal 891 (Washago) must stop clear of crossing circuit sign located 120 ft. south of signal. 6.7 Mile 93.8 (Port Stanton Rd.) warning devices. Siding circuits extend 700 feet north and south from Port Stanton Rd. Movements must stop clear of circuit signs to prevent excessive operation of crossing protection. 6.8 Mile 131.0 (Hwy. 612) Warning devices Southward movements stopping at signal 1310 must stop clear of crossing circuit sign approx. 120 ft. north of crossing. 6.9 Mile 157.92 (North Kirkham Rd.) Warning devices Southward movements stopping at signal 1578 must stop clear of crossing circuit sign approx. 160 ft. north of crossing. 6.10 Mile 172.19 (Hwy. 520.) warning devices. Rule 103.1 (f) (Rusty Rail Conditions) applicable when operating on back track Ardbeg.

7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 MILE 22.2 TO MILE 275.5 Rule 105(a) applicable on all Back tracks (Tracks directly adjacent to siding.) and industrial spurs leading off of Bala sub. between mile 22.2 and mile 275.5. Vandorf Back track AA40 MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 5 MPH. TIME TABLE No. 59 BALA SUB January 1st, 2005 123 7.2 DONCASTER COMMUTER TRACK Mile 15.4—Extends north to mile15.9 . Usable length of track is 2140 feet. Rule 105(a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH. 7.3 SOUTH WYE DONCASTER Mile 15.9—Extends northwest connecting to York Sub. south track mile 18.7. Usable length of track is 890 feet. CTC controlled by RTC. Rule 49 applicable on this track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 15 MPH. 7.4 EAST CONNECTING TRACK Mile 16.21 - Extends eastward off east track connecting to York Sub. at mile 18.27 with access at both ends via self restoring LCS switches which reverse simultaneously. Switch points face north. Note: Such switches restore independantly when the trailing end of the movement clears the fouling point. In addition to Rule 104.2(a) special instruction (2) currently found in the Divisional Data section, the following Special Instructions supersede those for EXITING and ENTERING the main track. SOUTHWARD TRAINS ON BALA SUB EAST TO YORK SUB. Southward movements on Bala Sub. must stop opposite or be within 100 ft. north of Sign indicating “ LCS SWITCH STOP ” located approx. 150 ft. north of Green Lane Rd. This will allow the crossing protection to “Time Out” while crew change takes place. When OUTBOUND Train crew is ready to depart, verbal Rule 568 authority to enter York Sub. must be obtained from the RTC. In addition, protection on the East track must be obtained from the RTC when train crews perform a roll-by inspection. Crew member will then proceed to the LCS Push Button Box located approx. 50 ft. north of Green Lane Rd. Open the door to the box and depress “REVERSE” push- button holding it in for 5 sec. When light indicates that switches have reversed. (Approx. 20 sec.) close and lock door to box. Movement may now proceed southward and onto connecting track. NOTE: If movement does not occupy Green Lane Rd. within 10 Min. after switches have been reversed, movement must not proceed over LCS switches until the lights, indicating switches are still reversed, are observed in the box located at the LCS switch at mile 16.21. In all cases where the light in the push-button box is not lighted for the requested position within one minute Rule 568(b) must be complied with (written) and the switches placed in hand position in accordance with Rule 104.2(c) Where the switches have been lined and if not required they must be restored to normal and Rule 568 cancelled. In the event equipment is to be left in the connecting track, switches must be restored to normal and Rule 568 cancelled. If operating through the block under a “STOP AND PROCEED” or a "RESTRICTING" signal indication or a Rule 564 , employees must be governed by Rule 104.2(a) Special Instruction found in the Divisional Data. TRACK UNITS OPERATING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A CONDUCTOR OR ENGINEERING FOREMAN. Track units under the direction of a Conductor or engineering Foreman will operate in accordance with the instructions contained in Special Instruction to Rule 104.2(a) found in the Divisional Data section except that through movements on the main track must not operate the push button to request normal if the lights in the box are lit to indicate normal as this will affect signals which may have been cleared on the other subdivision. An additional push-button box is located adjacent to the LCS switch on the Bala sub. BALA SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 124 January 1st, 2005 7.5 COMMUTER Mile 20.6 Extends northward off east track from dual control swt at mile 20.6 to electrically locked hand operated swt at mile 21.5. Rule 105(a) applicable. PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Mile 21.11 (Centre St.) warning devices. Track Z517. Automatic: Stop signs both side of crossing. Mile 21.48 (Crosby Ave.) warning devices. Track Z517. Automatic: Stop sign southeast of crossing.

7.6 NEWMARKET SPUR Mile 88.6—Extends 5.6 miles South from Washago. Rule 105(a) applicable MAXIMUM SPEED Tracks NP31 to NP36 ...... 10MPH Track NP41 ...... 5 MPH PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE Rule 103.1 (f) (Rusty Rail Conditions) applicable at all public crossings at grade equipped with automatic warning devices. Mile 93.8 (LongfordMills Rd.) Movements operating on NP- 31 must manually protect crossing.

7.7 WASHAGO SERVICE TRACK Mile 89.0—Extends 3200 North to switch mile 89.7. Rule 105(a) applicable

7.8 DETOUR CONNECTING TRACKS WITH CP RAIL Mile 146.09—(Swt. points face North) Mile 146.12—(Swt. points face South) CN to CP - A CP OCS clearance from the CP RTC must be obtained prior to opening the switch on the Bala Sub. Employees operating over this track must be in possession of the applicable portion of the CP PARRY SOUND SUB. Time Table. CP to CN - After obtaining a Rule 568 authority to enter the Bala Sub, and BEFORE reversing the CP switch at Reynolds, THE ELECTRIC LOCK ON THE CN SWITCH MUST BE OPENED AND RELEASED FIRST. If the CP switch is opened first, this will cause a track circuit to drop which will not allow the electric lock on the Bala Sub. to release.

7.9 SOUTH PARRY YARD Mile 147.1 Rule 105(a) applicable MAXIMUM SPEEDS Tracks SA32 to SA35 ...... 10 MPH Tracks SA46 and SA47 ...... 10 MPH All other tracks ...... 5 MPH

7.10 SB - 58 (Cranberry) Mile 205.1—Track is reserved for use by engineering department crew crane (MPVP) and must not be used for other purposes.

7.11 ORICA CAN Mile 255.6— Tracks GA29 and GA30 Max speed...... 5 MPH TIME TABLE No. 59 BALA SUB January 1st, 2005 125 7.12 SUDBURY Mile 262.3—Extends 6.7 miles westward, swt points face north. Rule 105(a) applicable between mile 0.0 and mile 4.7 Rule 40.1 not applicable between mile 4.7 and mile 6.7 All train and engine movements must stop at stop sign located at mile 4.7 for Westward movements, and mile 6.7 for eastward movements, and must obtain verbal permission from the Yard Coordinator to occupy track between mile 4.7 and mile 6.7. Train and engine movements must report to the Yard Coor- dinator immediately when permission is no longer required, and the train or engine is clear of such limits. Engineering employees requiring protection for track units, or track work between mile 4.7 and mile 6.7 must be in possession of a "Maintenance Protect Authority" issued by the Yard Coordinator. Such Authority must be cancelled immediately when protection is no longer required. Rule 104(c)— The following yard switches may be left lined and locked in either position: GA42 (East/West leg Wye) mile 0.0 Switch to Algo Yard mile 4.1 All yard switches at Algo Yard. Switch to CP Nickle Spur mile 6.7 Rule 14(l) Special Instruction (1) Applies: —in the city of Sudbury mile 0.8 to mile 6.6. (B.T.C. 67145). GENERAL FOOTNOTES Movements west of CN Junction to CP Nickel Sub. are governed by CP Rail time table. CP Rail Sudbury have a radio base station equipped with CN channels 1, channel 8 and CP standby Ch 7 (AAR 95 95). To obtain permission to operate on CP Nickel Sub, a crew member must use AAR 95 95 (CP Ch 7) on locomotive engine radio and voice call the CP Rail Terminal Supervisor. An alternate method to be used in an emergency situation is to depress tone 2 switch for 3 to 5 seconds on channel 8 then voice call the CP Rail Terminal supervisor. CN operating rights end at west swt of interchange yard Clarabelle. Permission must be obtained from INCO RTC prior to movement beyond this point. INCO RTC’s telephone is located on post adjacent to west swt of interchange yard or may be contacted on CP CH99 (AAR 8383) dial code *443. This channel is only to be used to contact Inco RTC and when working on Inco Frood Main Line. EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 263,000 lbs. locomotives in groups E-F-G-H prohibited on tracks GC17 and 28. SPEEDS Mile MPH 0.0 to 0.1 (south leg of Wye) ...... 5 0.6 Turnout ...... 10 4.1 Algo swt ...... 10 4.8 (Notre Dame Ave.) Approaching and when within 500 of crossing until crossing occupied...... 10 5.8 (Bloor and Landsdowne) Eastward movements approaching and when within 500 feet of crossing until crossing occupied. . . 10 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE If westward movements stall, circuits for protected crossings at grade must be cleared before movement is again started. Mile 0.43 (La Salle Blvd.) Movements must not exceed 10 MPH until crossing occupied. (C.T.C. 26711, 2197).

7.13 CANFOR WELWOOD Mile 263.6— Tracks GA73 to GA78 Max speed...... 5 MPH

7.14 SUEZ SC 46 Mile 272.6—Extends northward, swt points face south. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 5 MPH. BALA SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 126 January 1st, 2005 7.15 CAPREOL YARD Mile 276.1 RULE 112 - Handbrakes need not be applied on equipment left on tracks R001 to R005 and tracks M001 to M005 inclusive unless extenuating circumstances require same. AIR BRAKES GENERAL Crews may be directed by the Yard Coordinator or other proper authority to leave equipment with the angle cock closed on the following yard tracks: R001 to R005 incl.and M001 to M005 incl. Such equipment must first have the air brakes applied in either full service or emergency.

8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Location Obstruction Side of Track or Overhead 8.1 Mile 4.7 Bridges Both 8.2 Maley Drive Track GA74 Canwell Building and ramp East 8.3 Clarabelle / Copper Cliff Employees must familiarize themselves with the location of all restricted overhead and/or side clearances along the tracks of the International Nickel Company and are hereby warned that where such restricted clearances exist they must not ride on the side of a car or engine.

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES 9.1 All movements must be inspected prior to entering Bala Sub. at Sudbury. 9.2 NORTHWARD MOVEMENTS: Must be inspected at mile 4.9 and mile 245.4 Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 0.0 and 23.0 and between mile 261.0 and mile 274.0. Northward movements from Halton Sub., unless inspected between mile 7.3 Halton Sub. and mile 22.4 York Sub., do not exceed 15 MPH between mile 22.4 York Sub. and mile 23.0 Bala Sub. (Not applicable to movements originating at Brampton Intermodal Terminal). Northward movements unless inspected between mile 254.0 and mile 265.0. do not exceed 15 MPH between mile 265.0 and mile 274.0. 9.3 SOUTHWARD MOVEMENTS: Must be inspected at mile 31.0 and mile 4.9; Do not exceed 35 MPH between mile 274.0 and mile 261.0 and between mile 23.0 and mile 0.0. Unless inspected between mile 20.0 Bala Sub. and mile 23.0 York Sub., do not exceed 15 MPH between mile 23.0 York Sub and mile 25.0 York Sub. TIME TABLE No. 59 RUEL SUB January 1st, 2005 127 RUEL SUBDIVISION W E METHOD OF CONTROL OF METHOD NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE IN FEET CAPACITY SIDING DOB/TGBO LIMITS ZONE(S) SWITCHING DTMF RTC STANDBY CHANNELS HOT BOX / DRAGGING DETECTORS EQUIPMENT CAPREOL 0.0 Y 1.6 1.6 YTC DENNIS 2.9 DOB MILNET 8.9 6360 TGBO 16.5 16.5 CH8 RAPHOE 19.5 7310 *5 12.4 24.3 LAFOREST 30.3 6880 605 # 36.3 THORLAKE 39.9 6380 46.6 RUEL 51.6 6530 55.3 STUPART 59.3 7310 WESTREE 64.3 CH8 OSTROM 68.6 6470 T1 70.5 MAKWA 76.9 7140 83.2 GOGAMA Y 86.6 6610 BETHNAL 95.4 6360 97.6 STACKPOOL 105.4 6400 11.6 GLADWICK 115.6 6560 122.7 TIONAGA 125.8 7680 KUKATUSH 133.2 6360 137.8 SINGE LAKE 141.4 6350 FOLEYET Y 148.3 6430 149.8 SHAWMERE 158.2 6930 162.5 1 MISSONGA 166.9 6360 CTC 174.3 OATLAND 176.4 6370 CH5

ELSAS 183.2 TGBO *5 630 AGATE 186.2 6340 # DUNRANKIN 194.8 6040 189.0 199.0 PETERBELL 205.9 6380 209.1 CH5 ARGOLIS 213.6 6320 222.1 T1 FIRE RIVER 223.5 6180 DISHNISH 232.2 6280 236.1 MINNIPUKA 239.3 7708 244.7 NESWABIN 249.2 6090 Jct. With Soo Sub. OBA 257.7 255.1 ALBANY FORKS 263.4 6420 268.7 MACDUFF 271.3 6400 PENHURST 278.9 6410 283.0 283.0 CH3 282.3 SHEKAK 285.0 6400 *5 CREE 291.9 630 WICKSTEED 294.4 # CH3 DOB/TGBO DOB/TGBO 2 T1

YTC HORNEPAYNE 296.2 295.6 295.6 SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURES

Capreol YTC Between mile Capreol and mile 1.6, and on north track switching lead between Dennis and Capreol. Main track begins at mile 1.6 CTC between mile 1.6 and mile 295.6 Hornepayne YTC between mile 295.6 and Hornepayne

Mtce. Of Way Radio Channels Mile - Mile - CH Mile - Mile - CH Mile - Mile - CH 0 - 22 82 104 - 126 82 197 - 244 81 22 - 38 81 126 - 171 83 244 - 275 82 38 - 62 82 149 - 171 6 275 - 296 81 62 - 104 81 171 - 197 82 RUEL SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 128 January 1st, 2005 RUEL SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES 1.1 CAPREOL YARD TRAFFIC CONTROL (YTC) Limits of Capreol YTC applies between mile 1.6 and Capreol and between mile 2.9 and Capreol on north switching lead. Track R001 - Mile 0.0 to mile 1.6 Rule 40.1 not applicable Maximum speed ...... 25 MPH All movements controlled by controller Capreol and must not enter YTC limits unless permission is obtained from controller. Employees operating within YTC limits must have a copy of the current “Capreol YTC Operating Manual” accessible. 1.2 HORNEPAYNE YARD TRAFFIC CONTROL (YTC) Limits of Hornepayne YTC extend between mile 295.6 Ruel Sub. and Hornepayne. All movements controlled by controller Capreol and must not enter YTC limits unless permission is obtained from controller. Employees operating within Hornepayne YTC limits must have a copy of the current “Hornepayne Yard Traffic Control Operating Manual” accessible. CTC SPECIAL FEATURES Switching Signals 1.3 Be governed by Rule 573(c) (ii): Oba—Signals—2578D(East end of Oba Service track) and signal 2445 (Northward signal from Soo Sub) SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.4 Rule 104.1—Location of spring switches: Agate - West End, Shekak - East End, Peterbell - West End 1.5 Rule 104.1(b)—In the application of Rule 104.1(b), When a spring switch has been set in the reversed position by hand, the points of such switch must be spiked prior to movement commencing over such switch. Spike must remain in place until the switch is returned to normal position. 1.6 DISPATCHED SIDING TERRITORY APPLICABLE. SPECIAL APPLICATIONS FOR DISPATCHED SIDINGS (i) Rule 40.1 - not applicable. (ii) Reduced Speed - in the application of reduced speed, the siding will be considered as clear of equipment unless otherwise informed by the RTC. (iii) Rule 104 (c) - Hand operated switches in sidings are considered lined for the normal route unless otherwise indicated by the RTC, GBO or Special Instruction. (iv) Rule 105(a) - not applicable. (v) Rule 105.1 - Before permitting a train or engine to enter a siding that is occupied by other equipment, the RTC must advise a member of the crew that equipment is present. (vi) Rule 401 SI (ii) - Movements entering a non-signaled siding must approach the signal to leave the siding preparing to stop until the signal can be observed as displaying a more favourable indication than STOP. (vii) Rule 805 (a) - Foreman must obtain a TOP to OCCUPY or WORK in the siding.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 Mile 46.56— EASTWARD trains instructed to stop and inspect at hot box and dragging equipment detector mile 46.56, must ensure the suspected car(s) are east of the bridge at mile 45.1 before stopping. Employees cannot gain access to the other side of the bridge if their train is straddling the span account no walkway or handrails. 2.2 *Foleyet—Trains or engines yarding at South Parry must report to RTC when clear of siding. In addition, unless otherwise instructed by the RTC, leads to the yard tracks must be left clear after yarding. Eastward trains changing crews at Foleyet are to confirm the outgoing crew is in position at the change off location prior to fouling public crossing at grade, Mile 148.91, Highway 101. TIME TABLE No. 59 RUEL SUB January 1st, 2005 129 2.3 Designated Tie-up Tracks Unattended Locomotives Foleyet—FC78. 3 INTERLOCKINGS - Nil

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 286,000 lbs. 4.2 6 AXLE UNITS ON BACK TRACKS - 6 axle units are restricted to a Max. speed of 4 MPH on all back tracks. (Tracks directly adjacent to sidings). 4.3 Trains designated by TGBO as: O 48031 or O 48131 are to be operated at freight brake pipe pressure and are to be governed by Psgr. train speeds not exceeding 60 MPH.

0.0 to 1.6 YTC track R001 ...... 25 25 25 25 1.6 to 13.0 zone ...... 45 45 45 50 5.3 to 5.7 ...... 40 40 40 45 8.3 to 8.5 ...... 45 10.2 to 13.0 ...... 35 35 35 45 13.0 to 23.2 zone ...... 35 35 35 40 14.0 to 14.5 ...... 35 19.0 to 20.5 ...... 30 30 30 35 23.2 to 27.9 zone ...... 45 45 45 55 26.5 to 27.9 ...... 40 40 40 45 27.9 to 44.5 zone ...... 35 35 35 40 44.5 to 49.4 zone ...... 50 50 50 55 49.4 to 74.3 zone ...... 55 55 55 60 53.5 Eastward approaching signal 534 . . 45 57.2 Westward approaching signal 573 . 45 58.3 to 58.8 ...... 50 50 50 55 63.1 to 64.1 ...... 40 40 40 45 70.6 to 71.5* ...... 35 35 35 40 71.5 to 74.0 ...... 40 40 40 45 74.0 to 74.3 ...... 35 35 35 35 74.3 to 98.1 zone ...... 50 50 50 55 81.1 to 81.7 ...... 40 40 40 45 85.3 to 85.7 ...... 40 40 40 45 89.1 to 93.4 ` ...... 45 45 45 98.1 to 102.2 zone ...... 40 40 40 45 98.9 to 99.1* ...... 35 35 35 101.0 to 101.2* ...... 35 35 35 102.2 to 107.7 zone ...... 50 50 50 55 102.2 to 104.3 ...... 45 45 45 107.3 Eastward approaching signal 1074 . 35 107.7 to 125.2 zone ...... 40 40 40 45 125.2 to 128.5 zone ...... 45 45 45 45 RUEL SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 130 January 1st, 2005 Mile Frt 80T 100T Psgr 126.9 to 127.2 ...... 40 40 40 128.5 to 136.7 zone ...... 50 50 50 60 128.5 to 131.0 ...... 45 45 45 50 135.6 to 136.4 ...... 50 136.4 to 136.7 ...... 35 35 35 40 136.7 to 142.7 zone ...... 40 40 40 45 142.7 to 148.5 zone ...... 60 60 60 60 142.7 to 143.9 ...... 50 50 50 50 143.9 Until crossing occupied ...... 55 55 55 55 147.3 Westward approaching signal 1473 40 35 148.5 to 155.4 zone ...... 60 60 60 70 148.9 Westward until crossing occupied . .50 50 50 50 151.9 to 155.4 ...... 50 50 50 55 155.4 to 160.7 zone ...... 45 45 45 50 155.9 to 156.3* ...... 40 40 40 158.6 to 158.9* ...... 40 40 40 160.7 to 169.4 zone ...... 45 45 45 55 160.8 Eastward approaching signal 1608 . 40 169.4 to 174.1 zone ...... 35 35 35 40 174.1 to 178.2 zone ...... 40 40 40 45 176.9 to 177.4* ...... 35 35 35 178.2 to 185.1 zone ...... 50 50 50 55 184.4 Westward approaching signal 1845 45 185.1 to 223.6 zone ...... 60 60 60 70 185.8 to 189.7 ...... 65 189.7 to 190.2 ...... 50 50 50 55 197.5 to 201.8 ...... 55 55 55 55 203.9 Westward approaching signal 2039 45 40 213.7 to 214.9 ...... 40 40 40 50 218.9 to 219.6 ...... 50 50 50 55 219.6 to 220.0 ...... 40 40 40 50 223.6 to 232.9 zone ...... 55 55 55 60 231.3 to 232.9 ...... 45 45 45 55 232.9 to 237.5 zone ...... 60 60 60 70 237.5 to 245.5 zone ...... 45 45 45 50 238.4 to 238.7* ...... 40 40 40 241.1 to 245.4 ...... 40 40 40 45 245.5 to 252.2 zone ...... 50 50 50 55 252.2 to 264.6 zone ...... 60 60 60 70 264.6 to 268.0 zone ...... 40 40 40 45 268.0 to 276.0 zone ...... 55 55 55 60 269.3 Westward approaching signal 2693 35 276.0 to 291.3 zone ...... 60 60 60 70 287.1 Eastward approaching signal 2870 . 50 45 287.4 to 291.3 ...... 55 55 55 60 291.3 to 295.6 zone ...... 45 45 45 50 292.7 to 294.0* ...... 40 40 40 294.0 to 295.6 ...... 35 35 35 35

5.3 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS 19.5 Through siding Raphoe ...... 10 59.3 Through siding Stupart ...... 10 *88.7 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge . . . . . 20 *94.2 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge . . . . . 45 95.4 Through siding Bethnal ...... 10 105.4 Through siding Stackpool ...... 10 115.6 Through siding Gladwick ...... 10 125.8 Through siding Tionaga ...... 10 133.2 Through siding Kukatush ...... 10 *134.8 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge . . . . . 15 TIME TABLE No. 59 RUEL SUB January 1st, 2005 131 141.4 Through siding Singe Lake ...... 10 *149.0 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge . . . . . 45 158.2 Through siding Shawmere ...... 10 176.4 Through siding Oatland ...... 10 *180.3 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge . . . . . 20 194.8 Through siding Dunrankin ...... 10 223.5 Through siding Fire River ...... 10 232.2 Through siding Dishnish ...... 10 *228.9 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge . . . . . 20 *284.1 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge . . . . . 15

*Until the last Heavy Axle Load car clears the bridge. 6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE - Nil

7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 CAPREOL YARD Mile 0.0 RULE 112 - Handbrakes need not be applied on equipment left on tracks R001 to R005 and tracks M001 to M005 inclusive unless extenuating circumstances require same. AIR BRAKES GENERAL Crews may be directed by the Yard Coordinator or other proper authority to leave equipment with the angle cock closed on the following yard tracks: R001 to R005 incl.and M001 to M005 incl. Such equipment must first have the air brakes applied in either full service or emergency.

7.2 Mile 2.9 to mile 295.5 Rule 105(a) applicable on all back tracks (Track directly adjacent to siding) and industrial spurs leading off of Ruel Sub. between mile 2.9 and mile 295.5.

7.3 OSTROM FA 82 Mile 69.2—(Quebec and Ontario Paper Co.) Extends westward off siding, swt points face east. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 5 MPH.

7.4 LUZENAC FC 37 Mile 148.3—Locomotives are prohibited from entering the building. 7.5 OBA SERVICE TRACK (Old Oba Siding) Mile 257.7 Usable length of track 6080 ft. Rule 105(a) Applicable Cars must not be left on the Oba service track without first obtaining permission from the RTC. Rule 104(c) - Switch to east end lead mile 257.9 may be left lined and locked in either direction. 7.6 HORNEPAYNE YARD Mile 296.2 RULE 112 - Handbrakes need not be applied on equipment left on tracks HO00 to HO04 and tracks HO50 to HO58 inclusive unless extenuating circumstances require same. AIR BRAKES GENERAL Crews may be directed by the Yard Coordinator or other proper authority to leave equipment with the angle cock closed on the following yard tracks: HO00 to HO04 incl.and HO50 to HO58 incl. Such equipment must first have the air brakes applied in either full service or emergency. RUEL SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 132 January 1st, 2005 8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDICATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Location Obstruction Side of Track or Overhead 8.1 Capreol Tracks SO10, 22, Wires, pipes, platform Both 48, 52 and 66 and building 8.2 Ostrom Track FA82 Loading Ramp East side

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES - Nil TIME TABLE No. 59 CARAMAT SUB January 1st, 2005 133 CARAMAT SUBDIVISION W E METHOD OFMETHOD CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE SIDING CAPACITY IN FEET DOB/TGBO LIMITS SWITCHING ZONE(S) DTMF RTC STANDBY CHANNELS / DRAGGING HOT BOX EQUIPMENT DETECTORS HORNEPAYNE 0.0 2 1.9 1.9 CH3 YTC JACKFISH 3.1 *5 LENNON 5.9 6290 633 3.9 DOB TGBO # *6.8 TONDERN 12.8 6610 15.0 15.0 15.7 LEIGH 25.2 6440 28.5 OSAWIN 35.4 6370 39.2 HILLSPORT 42.3 6870 OTTERDALE 51.3 6920 CH2 53.3 GAMSBY 62.7 6400 *5 67.5 ARMS 69.8 6740 633 # CARAMAT 77.6 7050 79.9 SEAGRAM 91.8 7320 95.7 LONGLAC 100.0 7060 LONGLAC JCT. Y 101.1 CH2 T2 ISIS 108.2 6350 110.6 1

BAWK 115.3 7220 TGBO CTC POILU 122.2 6350 125.2 NAKINA 131.6 7370 EXTON 135.9 6410 CAVELL 146.7 6399 137.6 KOWKASH 155.4 7090 150.7 CH2 164.7 REDMOND 170.3 6610 *5 178.6 PENEQUANI 182.1 6380 636 190.3 MINATAREE 195.6 6380 # 201.4 LAMAUNE 205.0 6370 CH2 FERLAND 213.7 6860 T1 215.5 GREEN 226.0 6380 226.0 230.0 WAGAMING 233.5 6310 ARMSTRONG Y 243.8 7310 243.8 243.8 SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURES Hornepayne YTC Between Hornepayne and mile 1.9 Main track begins at mile 1.9 CTC between mile 1.9 and signal 07 at Armstrong Mtce. Of Way Radio Channels Mile - Mile - CH Mile - Mile - CH Mile - Mile - CH 0 - 65 82 90 - 118 82 166 - 200 81 65 - 90 81 118 - 155 81 200 - 231 82 155 - 166 82 231 - 244 83

CARAMAT SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES 1.1 CTC SPECIAL FEATURES Armstrong—Rule 564—Authority to pass eastward signal 08 will be issued by RTC Toronto. Rule 566/TOP—Authority between signal 07 and signal 2432 will be issued by RTC Toronto. 1.2 HORNEPAYNE YARD TRAFFIC CONTROL (YTC) Limits of Hornepayne YTC extend between Hornepayne and Mile 1.9 Caramat Sub. All movements controlled by controller Capreol and must not enter YTC limits unless permission is obtained from controller. Employees operating within Hornepayne YTC limits must have a copy of the current “Hornepayne Yard Traffic Control Operating Manual” accessible. CARAMAT SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 134 January 1st, 2005 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.3 Rule 83.1(g) TGBO PRAIRIE DIVISION KINGHORN SUB TABULAR GENERAL BULLETIN ORDER (TGBO) Mile 0.0 to mile 1.9 Kinghorn Sub. is Rule 105 Subdivision track.TGBO not applicable. Train or engine movements required to operate between mile 1.9 and mile 195.5 Kinghorn Sub. must be in possession of a PRAIRIE DIVISION TGBO prior to leaving Hornepayne. To obtain a TGBO contact the Kinghorn Sub. RTC in Edmonton at: 1-780-472-3716, 1-780-472-3191 or 1-800-293-4908.

1.5 DISPATCHED SIDING TERRITORY APPLICABLE. SPECIAL APPLICATIONS FOR DISPATCHED SIDINGS (i) Rule 40.1 - not applicable. (ii) Reduced Speed - in the application of reduced speed, the siding will be considered as clear of equipment unless otherwise informed by the RTC. (iii) Rule 104 (c) - Hand operated switches in sidings are considered lined for the normal route unless otherwise indicated by the RTC, GBO or Special Instruction. (iv) Rule 105(a) - not applicable. (v) Rule 105.1 - Before permitting a train or engine to enter a siding that is occupied by other equipment, the RTC must advise a member of the crew that equipment is present. (vi) Rule 401 SI (ii) - Movements entering a non-signaled siding must approach the signal to leave the siding preparing to stop until the signal can be observed as displaying a more favourable indication than STOP. (vii) Rule 805 (a) - Foreman must obtain a TOP to OCCUPY or WORK in the siding.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 Radio System Failure: In the event of radio system failure resulting in total inability to contact RTC Toronto, at locations west of Longlac, the Edmonton RTC can be contacted on CH3 T2 and can establish telephone contact with the RTC Toronto. This method is to be used in EMERGENCY situations only. 2.2 Designated Tie-up Tracks Unattended Locomotives Longlac ...... KB42. Nakina ...... NO69. Armstrong ...... KE47. 2.3 *Lennon—Wheel Impact Detector located at mile 6.8 2.4 Tondern.—When setting off or lifting out of back track: Eastbounds must cut off 500 ft. clear of switch. Westbounds must not leave equipment within 500 ft. of east end back track switch. 2.5 Longlac—Emergency watering facilities at VIA station. 2.6 Longlac Jct.—Local Control Dual Control Switch located at mile 101.1. Employees will be governed by Rule 104.2(a) found in the Divisional Data section, and instructions posted inside box adjacent to switch. 2.7 Armstrong—Emergency watering facilities. 2.8 *Armstrong—Trains or engines yarding at South Parry must report to RTC when clear of siding. In addition, unless otherwise instructed by the RTC, leads to the yard tracks must be left clear after yarding.

3 INTERLOCKINGS - Nil 4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 286,000 lbs 4.2 6 AXLE UNITS ON BACK TRACKS - 6 axle units are restricted to a Max. speed of 4 MPH on all back tracks. (Tracks directly adjacent to sidings). 4.3 Trains designated by TGBO as: O 48031 or O 48131 are to be operated at freight brake pipe pressure and are to be governed by Psgr. train speeds not exceeding 60 MPH. TIME TABLE No. 59 CARAMAT SUB January 1st, 2005 135 5 SPEEDS 5.1 General (a) 80T applies to Freight Trains exceeding 80 Tons per operative Brake. 100T applies to freight trains exceeding 8000ft. and 100 tons per operative brake. Tons per operative brake as indicated on the WOPRT (Train Journal), or gross tonnage divided by the number of cars. (b) Speeds approaching signals applicable unless or until it can be determined that such signal is displaying a more favorable indication than RESTRICTING or CLEAR TO STOP. (c) *Not marked with speed restriction signs.

5.2 MPH Mile Frt 80T 100T Psgr 1.9 to 12.0 zone ...... 55 55 55 65 1.9 to 5.2 ...... 60 4.1 Eastward approaching signal 42 . . . 35 35 8.6 to 12.0 ...... 50 50 50 60 12.0 to 16.1 zone ...... 50 50 50 55 12.3 to 12.7 ...... 45 45 45 15.4 to 16.1 ...... 45 45 45 16.1 to 22.0 zone ...... 60 60 60 70 22.0 to 25.6 zone ...... 55 55 55 60 23.8 to 24.1 ...... 50 50 50 25.6 to 46.8 zone ...... 60 60 60 70 29.8 to 33.0 ...... 45 45 45 55 30.3 to 30.7 ...... 50 33.6 Westward approaching signal 335 . 40 35 37.7 to 38.6 ...... 55 55 55 60 40.3 Westward approaching signal 403 . 55 45 46.0 to 46.8 ...... 40 40 40 45 46.8 to 58.9 zone ...... 50 50 50 55 48.9 to 49.6 ...... 45 45 45 52.6 to 52.9 ...... 45 45 45 54.9 to 55.6 ...... 45 45 45 57.6 to 58.9 ...... 45 45 45 50 58.9 to 80.7 zone ...... 50 50 50 60 62.6 to 66.0 ...... 45 45 45 50 66.0 to 67.0 ...... 40 40 40 50 67.9 Westward approaching signal 679 . 40 35 69.5 to 70.9 ...... 45 45 45 50 70.9 to 76.6 ...... 50 76.6 to 77.0 ...... 45 45 45 50 77.0 to 80.7 ...... 50 80.7 to 111.1 zone ...... 60 60 60 70 85.7 to 86.9 ...... 50 50 50 50 90.8 to 91.1 ...... 55 55 55 60 96.8 Westward approaching signal 969 . 55 100.2 to 101.7 ...... 45 45 45 55 110.6 Eastward approaching signal 1106 . 45 111.1 to 116.4 zone ...... 60 60 60 65 112.2 to 112.5 ...... 50 50 50 55 113.3 Westward approaching signal 1133 45 116.4 to 169.7 zone ...... 60 60 60 70 122.6 to 125.5 ...... 55 55 55 60 125.5 to 126.4 ...... 45 45 45 55 128.7 Westward approaching signal 1287 45 129.8 to 131.6 ...... 55 55 55 55 131.6 to 134.4 ...... 45 45 45 50 134.4 to 138.6 ...... 55 55 55 65 138.2 Eastward approaching signal 1382 . 40 CARAMAT SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 136 January 1st, 2005 Mile Frt 80T 100T Psgr 138.6 to 140.2 ...... 50 50 50 55 153.3 Westward approaching signal 1531 50 45 157.9 Eastward approaching signal 1578 . 50 160.9 to 161.1 ...... 50 50 50 50 166.3 to 169.7 ...... 55 55 55 65 169.7 to 174.4 zone ...... 60 60 60 60 170.2 to 170.6 ...... 55 55 55 172.0 to 173.2 ...... 45 45 45 55 173.2 to 174.4 ...... 50 50 50 174.4 to 185.2 zone ...... 60 60 60 70 179.4 to 180.4 ...... 55 55 55 55 185.2 to 191.7 zone ...... 55 55 55 55 187.5 to 191.7 ...... 45 45 45 50 191.7 to 213.0 zone ...... 60 60 60 60 195.6 to 198.8 ...... 40 40 40 45 198.8 to 203.3 ...... 50 50 50 55 203.1 Westward approaching signal 2031 40 203.3 to 207.6 ...... 55 55 55 207.6 to 208.5 ...... 50 50 50 55 208.5 to 213.0 ...... 55 55 55 211.8 Westward approaching signal 2117 50 45 213.0 to 217.1 zone ...... 55 55 55 60 214.2 to 215.2 ...... 40 40 40 40 217.1 to 238.6 zone ...... 60 60 60 70 228.8 Eastward approaching signal 2288 . 55 50 237.5 to 238.6 ...... 65 238.6 to 243.8 zone ...... 45 45 45 50 239.8 to 243.1* ...... 35 35 35 45 243.1 to 243.8* ...... 20 20 20 20

*Eastward speed restriction signs not erected.

5.3 CONDITIONAL SPEEDS *37.3 Heavy Axle Load Trains on bridge ...... 10 62.7 Through siding Gamsby ...... 10 69.8 Through siding Arms ...... 10 77.6 Through siding Caramat ...... 10 100.0 Through siding Longlac ...... 10 115.3 Through siding Bawk ...... 10 *153.9 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 20 170.3 Through siding Redmond ...... 10 195.6 Through siding Minataree ...... 10 *210.2 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 20 213.7 Through siding Ferland ...... 10 *219.1 Heavy Axle Load trains on bridge ...... 40 243.8 Through siding Armstrong ...... 10 * Until the last heavy Axle Load car clears the bridge. TIME TABLE No. 59 CARAMAT SUB January 1st, 2005 137 6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Mile 77.3 (Pagwachuan Ave.) warning devices. Automatic: Eastward movements on main track unable to clear between Signal 772 and crossing must stop west of crossing circuit sign. 6.2 Mile 100.3 (Picnic Point Road) warning devices. Automatic: Timing circuit extends from 500 ft. to 1,600 ft. east of crossing. Westward movements of 100 cars or less, which stop and are unable to clear between the crossing and Signal 1005N, must stop with engine or leading car on circuit. Movements stopped or switching in siding within 390 feet east of crossing must press “Start” pushbutton to lower gates before occupying crossing.

7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS 7.1 HORNEPAYNE YARD Mile 0.0 RULE 112 - Handbrakes need not be applied on equipment left on tracks HO00 to HO04 and tracks HO50 to HO58 inclusive unless extenuating circumstances require same. AIR BRAKES GENERAL Crews may be directed by the Yard Coordinator or other proper authority to leave equipment with the angle cock closed on the following yard tracks: HO00 to HO04 incl. and HO50 to HO58 incl. Such equipment must first have the air brakes applied in either full service or emergency. 7.2 MILE 1.9 TO MILE 243.8 Rule 105(a) applicable on all Back tracks (Tracks directly adjacent to siding.) and industrial spurs leading off of Caramat Sub. between mile 1.9 and mile 243.8. Back Track Restrictions Tondern KA 43 Out of service from a point 400 ft. east of west switch, to the east switch Gamsby KA 64 5 mph Caramat KA 69 5 mph Seagram KA 72 5 mph Bawk KC 52 5 mph Kowkash KD 44 Out of service Redmond KD 46 5 mph - West switch out of service Penequani KD48 5 mph Lamaune KD 56 5 mph - East end switch out of service Ferland KD 61 Out of service Green KD 65 5 mph - East end switch out of service 7.3 KB42 Mile 99.8 Rule 105(a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 5 MPH 7.4 LONGLAC WOOD INDUSTRIES and LONG LAKE LUMBER Mile 100.1 (Extends off of siding) Rule 105(a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 5 MPH 7.5 LONGLAC JCT. Mile 101.1—Connection with Prairie Div. Kinghorn Sub. Mile 0.0 to mile 1.9 Kinghorn sub. Rule 105 Subdivision track. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH Rule 105(a) applicable. Mile 101.7—Track KB87 (West Leg of Wye to Kinghorn) MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH Mileages west of mile 1.9 governed by Prairie Div. Time Table. Rule 105(a) applicable. TIME TABLE No. 59 138 January 1st, 2005 7.6 NAKINA FOREST PRODUCTS Mile 135.3—Extends west off siding Exton. Tracks KD25 to KD27 MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 10 MPH. 7.7 ARMSTRONG WYE Mile 243.8 Tracks KE60 and KE61 Rule 105(a) applicable. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 5 MPH

8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDI- CATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Location Obstruction Side of Track or Overhead 8.1 Longlac Longlac wood industries Structures ,wires, loading Tracks KB47-KB50 chutes and platforms Both 8.2 Long Lake Lumber Structures ,wires, loading Tracks KB-44-KB-45 chutes and platforms Both 8.3 Armstrong Track KE32 Ramp North 9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES - Nil TIME TABLE No. 59 SOO SUB January 1st, 2005 139 SOO SUBDIVISION N S METHOD OF CONTROL NUMBER OF TRACKS MILE SIDING CAPACITY IN FEET DOB/TGBO LIMITS RTC / YARD STANDBY RADIO No.) Station and (Base CHANNEL HOT BOX / DRAGGING EQUIPMENT DETECTORS SAULT STE. MARIE 0.0 STEELTON 2.0 Yard CH 6 & 7 105 RULE RULE MAIN TRACK BEGINS/ENDS 4.2

1NORTHLAND24.5 3182 PTA CH2 WABOS 36.0 5958 (101) 35.9 OGIDAKI 48.3 UTB CH5 (201) MEKATINA 64.5 5145 BATCHEWANA 79.8 3994

OCS REGENT 89.1 5078 PTB CH3 95.5 FRATER 102.6 5416 (102) CANYON 113.9 2911 UTA CH4 (202) ETON 120.1 3114 PERRY 149.9 3927 150.5 PTA CH2

HAWK JCT. Y 164.6 TGBO (103)

105 UTB CH5 RULE GOUDREAU 177.8 3723 (203) DUBREUILVILLE 184.2 948 180.6

WANDA 188.1 4265 PTB CH3 FRANZ 194.3 4468 (104) + Railway crossing with CP Rail 194.9 UTA CH4 HILDA 208.0 4739 (204)

OCS OCS MOSHER 217.8 4333 DANA 228.6 4874 LANGDON 238.9 4536 MAIN TRACK ENDS 244.0 PTA CH2 (105) 105

Rule Jct. With Ruel Sub 244.5 RUEL SUB CTC RTC CH5 *5 630 # UTB CH5 (205) YARD 105 Rule OBA 246.0 HALE 265.8 2302

HORSEY 273.1 TGBO PTB CH3 276.2 WYBORN 294.1 (106) Y HEARST JCT. 294.7 UTA CH4 Connection with ONR

105 (206) RULE RULE HEARST 295.7 Yard SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURES Rule 105 between mile 0.0 and 4.2 OCS between mile 4.2 and 164.0 Rule 105 between mile 164.0 and 166.0 OCS between mile 166.0 and 244.0 Rule 105 between mile 244.0 and signal 2445 mile 244.5 Operation between signal 244.5 and signal 2578D (Oba Service Track) governed by Ruel Sub. RTC OCS between mile 246.0 and 294.1 Rule 105 between mile 294.1 and mile 295.7 Measured miles between: 11.0 - 12.0, 156.0 - 157.0, 173.0 - 174.0, and 288.0 and 289.0 SOO SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 140 January 1st, 2005 SOO SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES 1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES Except as provided herein, Operation is governed by the CN Operating Manual. 1.1 OPERATING BULLETINS - Steelton - Hawk Jct. - Hearst SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 1.2 Rule 14(l)(ii) not applicable: Between mile 2.0 and mile 3.5 1.3 Rule 98.1—Unless otherwise indicated by special instructions, speed through turnouts must not exceed 10 MPH. 1.4 Rule 104—Switches equipped with switch point locks are identified with a yellow stripe on both sides of the switch stand. 1.5 Rule 104(c) —The following backtrack switches may be left lined and locked in either position: Mekatina mile 64.5 Batchewana mile 79.8 Regent mile 89.2 Goudreau mile 177.8 Switch mile 4.0 may be encountered lined and locked in either position. (see Domtar footnote 7.2) 1.6 Rule 104.5 (c) - Exception derail located at south end of siding Wabos mile 36.0. 1.7 Rule 105(a)—Applicable on all tracks other than main track. 1.8 Rule 105(c)—Unless otherwise provided by special instructions, movements operating on other than main track must not exceed 10 MPH. 1.9 Rule 105.1 —Not applicable on sidings: Mekatina mile 64.5 Batchewana mile 79.8 Regent mile 89.2 Goudreau mile 177.8 Crews may leave equipment, and or encounter equipment on these sidings without notifying or being notified by the RTC. 1.10 Rule 105.2 —Applicable on all tracks adjacent to the main track. (see conditional speeds) 1.11 Rule 107 —In addition to the requirements of Rule 107, trains must move with extreme care while passing between the switches at Canyon, from the time the Tour Train arrives, until it's departure. 1.12 SUBDIVISION TRACK MILE 164.0 - 166.0 HAWK JCT. TGBO Applicable - Rules 42 and 43 applicable. Rule 40.1 - Prior to providing protection under the provisions of this rule, permission from the RTC must be otained. Rule 104(c) - Switches may be left lined and locked in either position between mile 164.0 and mile 166.0. MILE 244.0 - 244.5 OBA. TGBO Applicable - Rules 42 and 43 applicable. Rule 40.1 - Prior to providing protection under the provisions of this rule, permission from the RTC must be otained. 1.13 OBA Mile 244.5 - 246.0 Operation for through movements on the Soo sub will be via the CTC portion of the Ruel Sub, onto the Oba service track, then through the yard via the east end lead and track RD92 to the ACR connecting track.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES 2.1 PASSENGER TRAINS Employees affected must refer to the current ACR public passenger train Time Table and must observe station times and flag stops as indicated. Times shown apply at points where passengers entrain/detrain. 2.2 ACR EMPLOYEES TO SOO YARD MICHIGAN CN employees operating to the SOO Yard on the Manistique Sub., will be governed by instructions for that territory contained in the ACR Divisional Data section. 2.3 MOVEMENT INFORMATION The RTC will broadcast expected train departures and location information daily at 0800. All on duty track forces should make themselves available to monitor and record this information for their work area. TIME TABLE No. 59 SOO SUB January 1st, 2005 141 2.4 HOT BOX AND/OR DRAGGING EQUIPMENT DETECTORS When passing over Hot Box/Dragging equipment detectors at locations shown in the station column, train crews must monitor the appropriate point to train channel and be governed by instructions found in the ACR Divisional data section revision to item 5.2 of the G.O.I. Stand alone dragging equipment detectors located at mile: 18.5 21.3 29.5 32.4 50.6 65.8 68.7 71.8 78.9 82.1 90.0 94.6 97.5 100.9 107.7 110.8 113.1 118.8 121.5 124.0 127.0 129.9 133.3 136.6 147.5 153.8 210.5 215.6 243.6 Train crews must monitor the appropriate point to train channel when passing over these detectors. Should a tone be heard, train crews will be governed by instructions found in the ACR Divisional data section revision to item 5.2 of the Genral Operating Instructions. 2.5 HEARST JCT. - Junction with ONR Pagwa Spur. , and wye track to Pagwa spur. Operation on Pagwa spur to Station at Hearst is governed by Rule 105. Max. speed 10 MPH. HEARST - Cond. will report to RTC on arrival at the station. Psgr. equipment will yard adjacent to the station, keeping the last car clear of ONR mile 129 Kapuskasing sub. Movements operating south of mile 129 will be governed by ONR time table and DOB. DOB available at the station. 2.6 RADIO INSTRUCTIONS Channel Designationsand primary usage. Spectra Channel Display Home Channel Main track train standby channel 1 EE 28 28

Communication and copying of authorities between trains and the RTC. ( Alternate for Maintenance of Way) 2 PTA (point to Train A) 31 31 10 3 PTB (point to Train B) 33 33 11

Maintenance of way channels and for communication and copying of authorities between foreman and the RTC. ( Alternate for trains) 4 UTA (utility A) 01 41 12 5 UTB (utility B) 04 77 13

Should the designated Point to Train or Utility channel for the coverage area shown in the station column, be busy or out of service, switch to the alternate Utility or point to train channel respectivly for that location to complete your call Yard switching channels at Steelton and Hearst. 6 YDA (yard A) 59 59 14 7 YDB (yard B) 83 83 15

For communication with the CP RTC at Franz. 8 (CP RTC FRANZ) 67 67 30 9 (CP RTC FRANZ) 21 91 29

2.7 CALLING The radio system is used to call the RTC, any other radio, or any telephone within the company's system. Connection is made by using the following codes: CALLING THE RTC Set radio to the appropriate Point to Train, or for track units, the utility channel for the coverage area you are located in. press * 1 # on the radio touch pad. Answer back tones will indicate that your call has been received by the RTC's radio. Wait for the RTC to respond. SOO SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 142 January 1st, 2005 RADIO TO RADIO (SAME COVERAGE AREA) Channel Base Sta.No. Northland Tower - Sault Ste. Marie to Mekatina Point to Train 2 101 Utility 5 201 Hubert Tower - Makatina to Tabor Point to Train 3 102 Utility 4 202 Helen Tower - Tabor to Goudreau Point to Train 2 103 Utility 5 203 Lookout Tower - Goudreau to Mosher Point to Train 3 104 Utility 4 204 Oba Tower - Mosher to Hale Point to Train 2 105 Utility 5 205 Mead Tower - Hale to Hearst Point to Train 3 106 Utility 4 206 Train to Train or Track Unit to Train Set selector to appropriate utility channel. Press * 2 (point to train base station No.) # on the radio touch pad. You will here a connecting ring. Make the call. Train to Track Unit Set selector to appropriate point to Train channel. Press * 2 (utility base station No.) # on the radio touch pad. You will here a connecting ring. Make the call. RADIO TO RADIO (EXTENDED COVERAGE AREA) Train to Train Set selector to appropriate point to Train channel. Press * 2 (point to train base station No. for the coverage area you are calling) # on the radio touch pad. You will hear a connecting ring. Make the call. Track unit to Train Set selector to appropriate utility channel. Press * 2 (point to train base station No. for the coverage area you are calling) # on the radio touch pad. You will here a connecting ring. Make the call. NOTE: Except when communicating with the RTC, radio communications should be terminated by pressing * then # which will disconnect the base station. RADIO TO TELEPHONE Set selector to appropriate point to Train or utility channel. Press * 71 (local 3 digit extension No. for Hawk Jct. exchange) or (local 4 digit extension No. for Sault Ste. Marie exchange) # on the radio touch pad. You will here a ring. Commence conversation when party answers. Local calls in the Sault Ste. Marie area. Set selector to appropriate point to Train or utility channel. Press * 71 9 ( the seven digit phone No. ) # on the radio touch pad. You will here a ring. Commence conversation when party answers. 2.8 EMERGENCY CALLS TO THE RTC Set selector to appropriate point to Train or utility channel. Press * 0 # on the touch pad. There will be a callback tone to indicate the call was received by the RTC radio. The RTC will answer with priority. 2.9 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM FAILURE Should the radio system fail, the RTC will have access to a back up system, but can only activate towers on the point to train channels. Field radios will not be able to call the RTC. The RTC will poll each tower on the back up system at 20 min. intervals to communicate with field radios on stand by. When ACR radio towers are inopertive CN Ruel Sub towers can be accessed by: Phone 905-761-4984 then 2608 for Oba tower, 2606 for Fire River tower or 2654 for Hornepayne tower. This will link to Channel 1. TIME TABLE No. 59 SOO SUB January 1st, 2005 143 3 INTERLOCKINGS 3.1 Railway crossing at grade Mile 194.9 .... CP Rail White River Sub. Remotely controlled by CP RTC Calgary. MAXIMUM SPEED ...... 25 MPH. Rule 610 from the CP RTC applicable for trains. Rule 839 from the CP RTC applicable for track units. Rule 49 (TOP) from the CP RTC applicable for track work. Train crews must call the CP RTC before passing the advance signal to the interlocking except when switching. When switching complete, crew member will call the RTC when ready to proceed over the interlocking. Communication with the CP RTC by phone (403-319-6295) or by radio: Set selector to channel 9 (21 67). Press * 21 # on the touch pad. When the answer back tone is heard, switch to channel 4 (67 67) and wait for the CP RTC to answer.

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS 4.1 Heaviest car permitted gross weight ...... 263,000 lbs. 4.2 Between Steelton and Hawk Jct, CN 300 series and CNLX hopper cars must be marshalled in the 1st 2000 feet of the train.

5 SPEEDS Note: Snow plow without spreader may operate at Passenger train speeds. 5.1 Mile Psgr Frt *0.0 to 4.2 Rule 105(Subdivision track) 15 15 4.2 to 7.0 zone ...... 40 25 7.0 to 14.0 zone ...... 40 30 14.0 to 164.0 zone ...... 40 25 17.7 to 21.3 ...... 30 21.3 to 21.9 ...... 35 22.5 to 28.0 ...... 35 28.0 to 29.5 ...... 30 29.5 to 32.7 ...... 35 32.7 to 40.8 ...... 30 40.8 to 51.6 ...... 35 55.6 to 87.7 ...... 30 69.9 Bridge - Trains should avoid sudden increases in amperage when either applying power, or dynamic braking. 90.8 to 92.2 ...... 30 92.2 to 92.6 ...... 20 20 92.6 to 94.3 ...... 25 20 94.3 to 115.8 ...... 30 115.8 to 116.6 ...... 25 116.6 to 119.9 ...... 30 119.9 to 120.5 ...... 30 25 123.25 to 125.2 ...... 30 133.4 to 136.2 ...... 30 136.2 to 142.7 ...... 35 142.7 to 147.3 ...... 30 158.4 to 158.6 ...... 30 160.5 to 164.0 ...... 30 164.0 to 164.6 Rule 105(Subdivision track)30 25 164.6 to 166.0 Rule 105(Subdivision track)25 25 166.0 to 244.0 Zone ...... 45 35 166.0 to 166.7 ...... 25 25 1667 to 172.1 ...... 40 179.9 to 180.1 ...... 40 190.9 to 193.3 ...... 40 193.3 to 194.4 ...... 35 30 194.4 to 194.9 ...... 30 25 194.9 Over Diamond ...... 25 25 SOO SUB TIME TABLE No. 59 144 January 1st, 2005 194.9 to 196.1 ...... 30 25 196.1 to 205.7 ...... 40 211.1 to 211.7 ...... 40 211.7 to 211.9 ...... 30 20 211.9 Over bridge ...... 10 10 211.9 to 214.2 ...... 30 20 214.2 Over bridge ...... 20 20 214.2 to 214.5 ...... 30 20 214.5 to 216.3 ...... 40 221.8 to 222.3 ...... 40 227.7 to 228.0 ...... 40 244.0 to 244.5 (Subdivision Track) 15 15 246.0 to 294.0 Zone ...... 60 40 246.0 to 253.4 ...... 40 35 273.5 to 277.5 ...... 40 35 282.2 to 287.0 ...... 50 293.25 to 294.1 ...... 20 20 294.1 to 294.7 Rule 105(Subdivision track)20 20 * Northbound trains may increase to 25 MPH at mile 4.2 provided their tail end is north of mile 3.0. 5.2 CONDITIONAL SPEED RESTRICTIONS Mileage Do not exceed MPH Entire Sub. Psgr. Frt. Passing occupied service equipment on all tracks adjacent to the main track ...... 15 15 Trains handling GBW ballast hoppers numbered 150-174, loaded or empty ...... 30 Hot weather when temp is >32C (90F) . . . . 25 Between mile 166.0 and mile 294.0 Trains handling Opasatika Phosphate between mile 246.0 and mile 253.4 ...... 20 Cold weather when temp is: between -23C(-10F) and -32C(-26F) . . . . . 45 30 below -32C(-26F) ...... 35 25

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE 6.1 Movements must not exceed 5 MPH from a distance of 150 ft. at Public crossings at grade located at: Mile 0.3 (Gore and Andrew St.) Mile 0.6 (Huron St.) Private crossings Mile 1.29 (Private crossing Queen St.) - Rule 13(iv) applicable. 6.2 Mile 294.3 (Hwy. 11) Warning devices Automatic: Movements from tracks other than the Soo Sub., do not exceed 5 MPH until crossing occupied.

7 SPURS AND OTHER TRACKS Note: Unless otherwise stated, Max. speed on Spurs and other tracks ...... 10 MPH 7.1 Steelton Yard Mile 2.0 Car Shop - Max speed ...... 5 MPH Car must be shoved to spot. Locomotive shop - Max Speed ...... 5 MPH Rule 112 Handbrakes to a maximum of 2 are to be applied on all tracks in Steelton Yard. Algoma Steel (ASI) Crews must communicate with ASI on channel 3 before pushing in or pulling cars. 6 axle locomotives Max speed ...... 5 MPH TIME TABLE No. 59 SOO SUB January 1st, 2005 145 7.2 Domtar/Boniferro Mile 4.0 Max speed ...... 5 MPH Transfer air brake rules applicable to all movements to and from this plant. Switch equipped with switch point lock and high security switch lock. Rule 104(c) - Switch mile 4.0 may be left lined and locked in the reverse position only while switching is being performed. When switching complete, switch must be lined and locked for normal position. 7.3 Eton Mile 119.8 Track L 745 - Due to curvature, cars are not to be spotted for loading or unloading in the south end 200 ft. of this track. 7.4 Hawk Jct. Mile 164.6 Track 019 (back lead) - Usable length of track is 600 ft. north of the North Wye switch. Trackage north of that point permanently removed from service. No.1 North track - Max. speed ...... 5 MPH No.2 North track - Max. Speed ...... 5 MPH No.3 North track - North end 500 ft. out of service including switch. 7.5 Franz Mile 194.3 Connection with CP rail White River Sub. VIA switch mile 194.7.

8 RESTRICTED CLEARANCES NOT MARKED OR INDI- CATED BY RESTRICTED CLEARANCE SIGNS. Nil

9 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES - Nil ACR DIVISIONAL DATA TIME TABLE No. 59 146 January 1st, 2005 DIVISIONAL DATA SECTION APPLICABLE TO THE ALGOMA CENTRAL ZONE

Note: This divisional Data is supplemental to the system Divisional Data section. It contains additional items specific to the Algoma Central Zone.

INDEX

CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES REVISIONS Rule 105 ...... 146 GENERAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS REVISIONS Section 5 Equipment Inspection ...... 146 OTHER Operating Instructions to SOO Yard Michigan ...... 148 Company Officers ...... 150

Rail Traffic Controllers ...... 150 REVISIONS - ADDITIONS - DELETIONS APPLICATIONS and CORRECTIONS TO THE CN OPERATING MANUAL APPLICABLE ON THE ALGOMA CENTRAL

RULE 105 - is revised to include the following Special Instruction OPERATION OF TRACK UNITS ON OTHER THAN MAIN TRACK

Rule 40.1 may be used to protect the movement of track units on other than main track. When not using the provision of rule 40.1, track units may be operated on other than main track provided: (a) The Yard coordinator, where employed, has been advised; (b) The Foreman in charge of the track unit gives way as quickly as possible on the approach of a train or engine on the track affected and; (c) If unable to comply with (b), on the approach of a train or engine from either direction on the track affected the Foreman will arrange the display of a stop signal. Note: The provisions of this special instruction does not authorize track work.

GENERAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

ITEM 5.2 - revised to read:

HBD TALKER SYSTEMS

(a) HBD’s will immediately advise a crew on the designated standby radio channel of any extreme journal temperature, dragging equipment or hot wheel indications. ACR DIVISIONAL DATA TIME TABLE No. 59 January 1st, 2005 147 (b) When an entire train has passed over a hot box and dragging equipment detector and a complete inspection of the train has been conducted and no defects are detected, the following message will be transmitted:

“Algoma Central (mileage) No defects Total Axles (number) Temperature (temperature in Degrees F)”

NOTE: The temperature heard at the end of this message is the ambient outside temperature which can be used for determining applicable cold or hot weather restrictions.

(c) A double tone or beep indicates a hot wheel, hot box or dragging equipment has been detected. Be prepared to stop and be governed by the message which will be heard after the train has passed the detector.

Example of a message following the double tone or beep is;

“Algoma Central (location) Detector Alarm”.

If other defects are detected on the same train, additional double tones or beeps only will be heard while the train is passing over the detector. When the entire train has passed by the detector, a detailed description of the defects will be transmitted.

e.g.

“Algoma Central (location) Defect Dragging equipment near axle (number) Total axles (number) Temperature (F)”

“Algoma Central (location) Defect Hot box axle (number) (east or west) Rail Total axles (number) Temperature (F)”

Or when multiple alarms are detected

“Algoma Central (location) Defect Dragging equipment near axle (number)

Defect Hot wheel axle (number)

Defect Hot box axle (number) (east or west) Rail Total axles (number) Temperature (F)”

These messages will be repeated three times. ACR DIVISIONAL DATA TIME TABLE No. 59 148 January 1st, 2005

(d) Messages from the talker should be heard within 30 seconds after an entire train has passed over a Wayside Inspection System. Should no message be received, the crew should consider the Wayside Inspection System to be malfunctioning and must be governed by item 5.6.

(e) Defects reported by a talker will be identified based on an axle count starting from the front of the train. When the talker reports a defect, a stop for inspection must be made immediately consistent with good train handling practices. The crew must locate the defect based on axle count supplied by the Talker.

(f) When a talker indicates the presence of a defect while a train is passing over the Wayside Inspection System at a speed of 5 MPH or less, the axle count stated in the message may be incorrect; therefore, after stop has been made, a standing inspection of the entire train must be performed by the crew.

(g) When a train stops before the entire movement has passed over a Wayside Inspection System, the front and rear portions of the train will be considered as two separate trains. Accordingly, messages as though separate trains had passed over the Wayside Inspection System will be received.

(h) STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENT DETECTORS A signal tone alarm lasting for 10 to 20 secs. is an indication of dragging equipment. The locomotive engineer must stop immediately, consistent with good train handling practices, and a standing inspection of both sides of the train, up to that portion of the train that has passed the detector, must be made for dragging equipment.

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS TO SOO YARD MICHIGAN

CN ALGOMA CENTRAL ZONE employees operating between Sault Ste. Marie, Ont. and SOO Yard on the Manistique Sub., are subject to the instructions contained herein and must have a copy of these instructions and revisions if any, accessible while on duty. When in possession of these instructions,CN Operating Manual for U.S. and current WC Zone time table is not required.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Except as affected by such instructions contained herein, all CROR Operating Rules governing operations remain inforce. All applicable USOR Operating Rules or part thereof have been printed for you guidance, in some cases the entire rule was not quoted, only the applicable portion of the rule. Only applicable portions of CN Operating Manual for U.S. territory and Wisconsin Central Zone time table have been included in this manual. SECURING LOCOMOTIVES Canadian crews operating within the U.S. must comply with FRA Regulations requiring that each locomotive in the consist of an unattended train, be left secured with a handbrake. This is in addition to other normal procedures concerning throttle position, generator field switch, reverser, isolation switch and independent brake valve. ACR DIVISIONAL DATA TIME TABLE No. 59 January 1st, 2005 149 MANISTIQUE SUBDIVISION S N METHOD OFMETHOD CONTROL MILE SAULT STE. MARIE 0.0 YARD ONT. 493.3 RULE SOO YARD 520 491.3 SEE CNIC TIME TABLE FOR REMAINDER OF SUBDIVISION Subdivision Control Features Rule 520 applicable between mile 491.3 and mile 493.3 is designated as track other than main track.

1 MANISTIQUE SUB. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 1.1 Tracks other than main track ...... 10 MPH 1.2 Soo Yard - Over bridges between Soo Yard and Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario ...... 10 MPH No train operation will be permitted on these bridges when winds exceed 50 MPH. 1.3 MP 494.1 to MP 491.3 ...... 25 MPH 2 OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS 2.1 BULLETIN BOARDS Steelton Yard, Sault Ste. Marie, Ont...... Yard Office 3 CN US OPERATING RULES Items 3.1 Rule 520 (Similar to CROR Rule 105) - Trackage north of MP 491.3is designated Track Other Than Main Track. 4 FRA EXCEPTED TRACK Soo Yard - Gas spur, tracks 004, 005, 006, 007, and 008. 5 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 5.1 Soo Yard - USOR Rule 814 and Rule 816 signal aspects and indications apply at the Swing Bridge Over the Canadian Locks. 5.2 USOR Rule 845 applies. When control operator is not on duty, if a train is stopped for a signal displaying a STOP indication, after stopping, verify that bridge is in proper position before proceeding. 5.3 Soo Yard - Weight restrictions on bridge between Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan and Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, and power canal bridge at Soo Yard. Freight Cars: No. Axles Length Max. Gross Wt. 4 ...... 44 ft. and longer ...... 263,000 lbs. 4 ...... 35 to 43 ft...... 258,000 lbs. 4 ...... Less than 35 ft...... 156,000 lbs. 5.4 Locomotives: Not more than one locomotive weighing in excess of 270,000 lbs. gross weight may be operated in an engine consist. 5.5 Soo Yard - Before movement of a train over Meridian Street, a flagman must be stationed on the ground at the crossing to provide warning and control of pedestrian and vehicular traffic flow. Train movement over the crossing may only be made after pedestrian and vehicular traffic has been stopped. During daylight hours, employee must use a red flag or a lighted fusee. During the hours from dusk to dawn and during periods of inclement weather or when visibility is reduced, the flagman must use a lighted red fusee. ACR DIVISIONAL DATA TIME TABLE No. 59 150 January 1st, 2005 6 APPLICABLE U.S. OPERATING RULES. (CNIC) 6.1 Rule 520 - MOVEMENT ON OTHER THAN MAIN TRACK. Except when moving on a main track or on a track where a block signal system is in effect, trains or engines must move at a speed that allows them to stop within one half the range of vision short of: Train, engine, railroad car, roadway workers or equipment fouling the track, stop signal or derail or switch lined improperly. 6.2 Rule 845 - STOP INDICATIONS AT MANUAL INTERLOCKINGS Stop, if no conflicting movement is evident, the train will be governed as follows: A crew member must immediately contact the control operator; Before authorizing the train to proceed, the control operator must know that the route is properly lined and no conflicting movement is occupying or authorized to enter the track between that signal and the next absolute signal governing movement or the end of interlocking limits where applicable; The control operator may authorize the train to proceed by using hand signals or the following words, "After stopping, (train) at (location) has authority to pass signal displaying Stop indication," specifying the route where applicable. The train must move at restricted speed. 6.3 Rule 814 - Name: RESTRICTING Indication Proceed at Restricted speed

LUNAR

RED

6.3 Rule 816 - Name: STOP Indication STOP

RED

Company Officers ======SUPERINTENDENT TRANSPORTATION Greg Wolnairski ...... 705-541-2901 ======Operations Supervisors Keith MacRae Kelly Ross ...... 705-541-2990 ======Rail Traffic Controllers R.W. Bain M. A. Mazzonello S. F. Booth P. F. Wilson C. J. Tomas ...... 705-942-2178